{"title":"Accessories","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe small hardware that makes a marine system work properly: hose, fittings and unions, magnet mounts and holders, coral frag racks and glue, feeding tongs and basters, filter sock holders, cable management and mounting brackets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStocked brands include Aqua Medic, Red Sea, EcoTech Marine, Aqua Illumination, Aqua Ultraviolet, Flipper and Fluval. Where an accessory is model specific it is listed against the equipment it fits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you are chasing a particular fitting or an odd size of tubing, our team can usually match it from stock or order it in. Shipped Australia wide, or pick up from our North Lakes store in Brisbane.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"red-sea-tank-net-screen","title":"Red Sea Tank Net Screen","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA clear roof that keeps jumpers in the tank where they belong.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea Tank Net Screen is a customisable DIY cover kit — an aluminium profile frame, fine transparent netting and a spline-and-roller fitting system — that you trim to the exact dimensions of your own aquarium. It stops wrasses, gobies, eels, jumping shrimp and other known escape artists going over the rim, while still passing light and air to the water below. Sold in five frame lengths from 60 cm to 180 cm, and built to be cut down to size rather than sold as a fixed, one-size cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrims to your tank\u003c\/strong\u003e — the aluminium profile and netting are supplied to the kit's stated length and cut down with the included spline roller and tools, so the finished frame matches your rim rather than a generic size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFine, near-invisible mesh\u003c\/strong\u003e — the netting is a fine transparent weave that keeps the display visible and doesn't meaningfully block light reaching corals or plants below it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIn-rim or on-rim fitting\u003c\/strong\u003e — the hanging clips let the frame sit inside a rimmed tank or perch on top of a rimless one, so one system covers most common tank styles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne equipment cut-out included\u003c\/strong\u003e — every kit includes the components for a single trimmed opening for a filter, heater cable or plumbing pass-through; extra cut-outs are sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick-release clips\u003c\/strong\u003e — unclip the frame for feeding, netting a fish or routine maintenance, then reseat it without re-trimming anything.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpares available\u003c\/strong\u003e — profile rails, hanging clips and cut-out tools are all sold separately, for extending a frame, repairing one, or adding a second equipment opening later.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED260\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7290100770962\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNano and small tanks up to about 60 cm long\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED261\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7290100770979\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard tanks around 90 cm (2–2.5 ft) long\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED262\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7290100770986\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour-foot-class tanks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED263\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7290100770993\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFive-foot tanks and larger community or reef displays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED264\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7290100771006\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSix-foot tanks and large reef systems, including Red Sea REEFER and MAX models at the top of their size range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe frame is trimmed down from these lengths on installation, so where your tank falls between two sizes, order the next size up and cut it to fit rather than trying to stretch the size below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is designed to be trimmed to size rather than sold pre-cut, so it fits rimless, plastic-rim and eurobrace tank styles of a matching or shorter length — including Red Sea's own REEFER and MAX ranges as well as tanks from other manufacturers. It is not a stretch-to-fit product: buy for the length of your tank, not the volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAluminium profile sections for the selected size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransparent net mesh, cut to the kit size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorner brackets and hanging clips to mount the frame to the rim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpline and a spline roller tool, used to press the net into the profile channel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComponents for one equipment cut-out (a filter, heater or plumbing opening)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e additional cut-out kits beyond the first, spare hanging clips, and spare profile rail if a frame is later extended or repaired — all sold separately below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e open-top freshwater and marine tanks with jump-prone fish or invertebrates, and reef tanks wanting an escape guard that doesn't block light or gas exchange. Suits rimless, plastic-rim and eurobrace tank styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e tanks longer than the frame size ordered — buy the next size up and trim down rather than trying to stretch a short frame. It's a jump guard, not a sealed lid, so it won't meaningfully slow evaporation or stop a determined climber that can grip glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse salt creep and algae film off the frame, clips and mesh periodically — a build-up on the netting is the usual cause of a screen that looks sagged or discoloured rather than any fault in the frame itself. Check clips are fully seated after any tank-side work, since a half-clipped corner is the common cause of an escape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-tank-net-screen-cut-out-15-40mm\"\u003eRed Sea Tank Net Screen Cut-Out Tool\u003c\/a\u003e — for a second or third equipment opening beyond the one included in the kit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-tank-net-screen-hanging-clips\"\u003eRed Sea Tank Net Screen Hanging Clips\u003c\/a\u003e — spare clips if one is lost or damaged during maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-tank-net-screen-profile\"\u003eRed Sea Tank Net Screen Profile\u003c\/a\u003e — spare or extension rail if a frame needs lengthening or a section is damaged.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by the consumer guarantees under Australian Consumer Law, which apply in addition to anything the manufacturer offers. This is a lightweight, standard parcel item.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need to cut the frame myself?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The kit is supplied at its stated length and trimmed down with the included spline roller and tools to match your tank's exact dimensions — it isn't sold pre-cut to a fixed size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill it block light to my corals or plants?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mesh is a fine, transparent weave designed to pass light through with minimal loss, so it's suited to reef and planted tanks as well as fish-only setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I fit it to a Red Sea REEFER or MAX tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the system is designed to fit Red Sea's own aquarium ranges as well as other rimless, plastic-rim and eurobrace tanks, trimmed to your model's dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat if I need more than one equipment opening?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach kit includes the components for a single cut-out. Additional cut-out kits, for a second filter intake or plumbing run, are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow do I fit it — inside the rim or on top?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth are possible with the same kit. The hanging clips let the frame sit inside a rimmed tank or rest on top of a rimless one, depending on your setup.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"60cm","offer_id":54774152626467,"sku":"RED260","price":97.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"90cm","offer_id":55335334183203,"sku":"RED261","price":113.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"120cm","offer_id":55335334215971,"sku":"RED262","price":131.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"150cm","offer_id":55335334248739,"sku":"RED263","price":158.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"180cm","offer_id":55335334281507,"sku":"RED264","price":182.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-tank-net-screen-46119441400099.webp?v=1790239001"},{"product_id":"red-sea-tank-net-screen-cut-out-15-40mm","title":"Red Sea Tank Net Screen Cut Out 15\/40mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClean equipment openings that don't fray the mesh.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea Tank Net Screen Cut-Out Tool makes a neat, finished 15–40 mm opening in a Red Sea Tank Net Screen — for a filter intake, heater cable, plumbing or probe to pass through — so the edge stays taut and sealed instead of unravelling around a knife-cut hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eField\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll Red Sea Tank Net Screen kits, 60–180 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR42085\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpening size range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15–40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhat it includes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZigZag 15 Left, ZigZag 15 Right, ZigZag 40 Left, ZigZag 40 Right (one cut-out opening set)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSold as\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle additional cut-out opening (net screen frame not included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e15–40 mm opening range\u003c\/strong\u003e — covers the great majority of filter intakes, heater cables, probe leads and small plumbing runs without needing a custom hole cut freehand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinished edge\u003c\/strong\u003e — the cut-out frames the opening so the surrounding mesh stays taut and doesn't fray or sag over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits every Tank Net Screen size\u003c\/strong\u003e — works with all five Red Sea Tank Net Screen kits, 60 cm to 180 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUses the same spline system\u003c\/strong\u003e — fits into the profile using the same spline-and-roller method as the rest of the frame, so no extra tools are needed beyond what the net screen kit already includes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComponents for one additional equipment cut-out opening, 15–40 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e a Tank Net Screen frame itself. This is an accessory for a net screen you already own, or one ordered separately — see the Tank Net Screen product for the frame kits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my net screen?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, on any Red Sea Tank Net Screen kit (60–180 cm). Each net screen kit already includes the parts for one cut-out; this product is for a second opening, or for adding an opening you didn't need when the frame was first assembled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e owners of a Red Sea Tank Net Screen who need a second or third equipment pass-through, or who are adding new gear (a probe, a doser line, an extra heater) after the original screen was fitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e openings wider than 40 mm — large plumbing runs or bulkier equipment will need a bigger custom opening, which this tool isn't sized for. It's an accessory for an existing Red Sea net screen, not a standalone product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse salt creep from the cut-out edge along with the rest of the frame during routine cleaning — a crusted edge is what eventually lets the mesh fray at the opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-tank-net-screen\"\u003eRed Sea Tank Net Screen\u003c\/a\u003e — the frame kit this tool is designed to work with.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-tank-net-screen-hanging-clips\"\u003eRed Sea Tank Net Screen Hanging Clips\u003c\/a\u003e — spare clips for the same system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-tank-net-screen-profile\"\u003eRed Sea Tank Net Screen Profile\u003c\/a\u003e — spare or extension frame rail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by the consumer guarantees under Australian Consumer Law, which apply in addition to anything the manufacturer offers. A small, lightweight parcel item.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need this if I already used the cut-out in my net screen kit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly if you need a second or later opening. Every Tank Net Screen kit already includes the parts for one cut-out — this product is the spare for an additional opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat size equipment does it suit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpenings from 15 mm up to 40 mm, which covers most filter intakes, heater cables, probe leads and small-diameter plumbing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it work with any size Tank Net Screen?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — it's compatible with all five Red Sea Tank Net Screen kit sizes, 60 cm through to 180 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774152790307,"sku":"RED265","price":15.4,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-tank-net-screen-cut--10135199613219-1-dq.webp?v=1790372840"},{"product_id":"red-sea-tank-net-screen-universal-cut-out-kit","title":"Red Sea Tank Net Screen Universal Cut Out Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeat, fray-free openings for cables and equipment through any Red Sea net screen.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea Tank Net Screen Universal Cut-Out Kit (R42086) is the trim kit that lets you cut a clean, finished opening in a Red Sea Tank Net Screen wherever a light arm, return pipe, filter intake or cable needs to pass through the mesh. It works on any Red Sea net screen size, on new installs and existing screens alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinished edges\u003c\/strong\u003e — the corner and profile pieces bind the cut mesh edge so it can't fray or unravel with handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree-piece trim set\u003c\/strong\u003e — external corner, internal corner and cut-out profile, enough to frame one custom opening of your own size and shape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits any Tank Net Screen size\u003c\/strong\u003e — works across Red Sea's full 24\"–72\" net screen range, not tied to one model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeeps the mesh under tension\u003c\/strong\u003e — a trimmed opening holds its shape instead of sagging or pulling at the surrounding netting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR42086\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKit contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal corner (A), internal corner (B), cut-out profile (P3)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium trim, matched to the Tank Net Screen frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting custom equipment pass-throughs in Red Sea Tank Net Screens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a universal kit, not sized to one screen — it fits the cut-out you make yourself, so it works on any Red Sea Tank Net Screen: 24\" x 24\" (R42080), 36\" x 24\" (R42081), 48\" x 31\" (R42082), 60\" x 31\" (R42083) and 72\" x 31\" (R42084). These screens are sized to Red Sea's REEFER and MAX ranges and mount in-rim or on-rim, so check which screen size matches your tank before ordering — this kit adds a cut-out to a screen you already own or are ordering alongside it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuited to anyone running lighting arms, return plumbing, wavemaker cables or dosing lines over an open-top tank fitted with a Red Sea net screen, where the standard screen has no pre-cut opening in the right place. Not a replacement net screen in its own right — it's a trim accessory for modifying one you already have.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePairs with any size of Red Sea Tank Net Screen, and with the equipment actually passing through the cut-out — ReefLED mounting arms, ReefWave pump cables and return or drain plumbing are the most common reasons to reach for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's standard manufacturer warranty against defects, in addition to your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. A small, light accessory — standard parcel delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need one kit per opening?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — each kit trims one custom opening. If your setup needs pass-throughs in more than one spot, order a kit for each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill it work on an older Tank Net Screen?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's designed as a universal trim for the current Red Sea Tank Net Screen range across all five sizes, so it fits any screen from that range regardless of when it was purchased.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it to widen an existing factory cut-out?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's designed for cutting a new opening in solid mesh. Extending an existing factory cut-out isn't its intended use — check with us before attempting it if that's what you need.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774152823075,"sku":"RED266","price":17.6,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-tank-net-screen-univ-43876663787811.webp?v=1790239005"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-care-dosing-cap-tube-2","title":"Red Sea Reef Care Dosing Cap Tube 2","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo spare silicone tubes that let a Red Sea supplement bottle feed a dosing pump.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea's 500 ml and 1 L supplement bottles come with a dosing-ready cap (a cap with a pre-drilled hole). This cap tube fits that cap and links to your dosing pump line, so the pump draws straight from the bottle. Red Sea part R22209, two tubes per pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDose straight from the bottle\u003c\/strong\u003e: the pump draws directly from the Red Sea supplement bottle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo per pack\u003c\/strong\u003e, for two bottles or as a spare.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea part number: R22209\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePack: 2 tubes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: silicone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLength: about 25 cm (10 inch) each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for Red Sea 500 ml and 1 L supplement bottles that have the pre-drilled dosing cap. It does not suit bottles with a solid cap.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour rights under Australian Consumer Law apply. Ships by standard parcel post.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774153838883,"sku":"RED297","price":6.4,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reef-care-dosing-cap-43876672897315.webp?v=1790239001"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefcan-18ltr","title":"Red Sea ReefCan 18ltr","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA top-up reservoir sized to fit under the cabinet, built for a Red Sea ATO pump.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea ReefCan 18 is a tall, narrow transparent container designed to hold RO\/DI top-off water for an automatic top-off system such as the ReefATO+ — its rear port is fitted for the tubing and siphon breaker your ATO pump draws through, rather than being a general-purpose storage bucket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet-friendly shape\u003c\/strong\u003e — tall and narrow (55 × 9 × 44 cm) to fit beside a sump in a standard aquarium cabinet rather than taking up floor space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for an ATO pump\u003c\/strong\u003e — the rear opening is fitted with a cap designed to hold the siphon breaker that comes with Red Sea's ReefATO+ pump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransparent body\u003c\/strong\u003e — see remaining water level at a glance without opening the container.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Red Sea part\u003c\/strong\u003e — factory part number R35631.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35631\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExternal dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 cm (H) × 9 cm (W) × 44 cm (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBody material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransparent plastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAlso available in\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ReefCan comes in two sizes — 18 L and 40 L. The 18 L suits smaller systems or a shorter time between refills; the 40 L buys more time between top-ups on larger tanks or heavier evaporation. Both share the same cabinet-friendly footprint, just at different heights.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e holding RO\/DI top-off water for an automatic top-off system, particularly Red Sea's own ReefATO+.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e general salt mix or dry media storage — Red Sea doesn't publish this as a sealed, moisture-proof container, and the rear tubing port isn't designed as a scoop-in lid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRinse periodically to stop algae building up on the inside where light reaches the transparent body. Check the rear port seal around the siphon breaker if you notice slow water loss.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefato-system\"\u003eRed Sea ReefATO+ System\u003c\/a\u003e — the pump and sensor this reservoir is sized to pair with.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefato-ato-sensor\"\u003eRed Sea ReefATO+ Sensor\u003c\/a\u003e — a spare sensor for the same system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by our standard returns process for faulty goods, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I store salt mix in the ReefCan?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt's designed and marketed by Red Sea as a top-off water reservoir, not a sealed salt container. If you want dry salt storage, look for a container Red Sea markets for that purpose.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come with a pump or tubing?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the reservoir only — pair it with the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefato-system\"\u003eReefATO+ system\u003c\/a\u003e for a complete top-off setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow much water does the 18 L size actually hold usable?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003e18 L is the rated capacity; Red Sea doesn't publish a separate \"usable\" figure below that once the pump's intake and siphon breaker are accounted for.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat sizes does the ReefCan come in?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo: 18 L (this listing) and 40 L.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774154592547,"sku":"RED441","price":140.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reefcan-18ltr-43876674502947.webp?v=1790239001"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefcan-40ltr","title":"Red Sea ReefCan 40ltr","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMore top-up water, without more floor space.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea ReefCan 40 L is a slim, transparent reservoir for reverse-osmosis or pre-mixed top-off water, built to feed an auto top-off (ATO) system from a tight footprint beside a sump or cabinet. A rear port takes ATO tubing, a front port is for filling, and a built-in scale lets you check the level without opening the lid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlim 17 cm footprint\u003c\/strong\u003e - fits beside a sump or behind a cabinet where a bucket won't go\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransparent body with a built-in scale\u003c\/strong\u003e - check the water level at a glance, no lifting the lid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual openings\u003c\/strong\u003e - a front port for filling, a rear port sized for ATO tubing and Red Sea's ReefATO+ siphon-breaker cap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHolds RO or pre-mixed top-off water\u003c\/strong\u003e - works with most auto top-off systems, not only Red Sea's own\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (H x W x D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 x 17 x 50 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFill point\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront-opening fill port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eATO connection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear port, sized for ATO tubing and Red Sea's ReefATO+ siphon-breaker cap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater level indicator\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuilt-in graduated scale on the body\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my setup?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt just 17 cm wide, the ReefCan is sized to slot beside a sump or behind a cabinet on Red Sea's REEFER 170 and REEFER 200 ranges, and the newer G2\/G2+ and MAX-series cabinets, where a standard bucket won't fit. It isn't limited to Red Sea tanks - any auto top-off system that draws from an open reservoir can use it, and its rear port is purpose-matched to Red Sea's own ReefATO+.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReefCan 18 L\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReefCan 40 L\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (H x W x D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 x 9 x 44 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 x 17 x 50 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest for\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact reef and nano systems, or tight cabinet space\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarger systems, or longer intervals between refills\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefcan-18ltr\"\u003eRed Sea ReefCan 18 L\u003c\/a\u003e for the compact version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for freshwater and marine systems that need an external RO or top-off water reserve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for standalone use, or feeding most third-party ATO pumps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot suitable as a substitute for a sealed salt-storage container - this is an open water reservoir, not an airtight container, so it isn't built to keep bulk dry salt free of humidity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's standard hardware warranty, in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Ships on standard parcel freight - the reservoir is bulky for its weight, so allow for a larger box than the price alone might suggest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes this come with an ATO pump?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo - the ReefCan is a reservoir only. Pair it with your existing ATO pump or with Red Sea's own ATO range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it to mix new saltwater instead of top-off water?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, many aquarists also use it to pre-mix saltwater ahead of a water change. Just don't rely on it as an airtight container for storing dry salt long-term.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill it fit under a standard cabinet?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 55 cm tall it's designed to stand beside a cabinet rather than sit inside a typical stand's shelf - check your available height before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between the 18 L and 40 L?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFootprint and capacity. The 40 L is 8 cm wider and 6 cm deeper than the 18 L, holding more than double the water for less frequent refills.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774154625315,"sku":"RED442","price":190.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reefcan-40ltr-43876674535715.webp?v=1790239001"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefview-glasses-6-units","title":"Red Sea ReefView Glasses 6 Units","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea ReefView Glasses let you see your corals' true colours under blue-heavy reef lighting.\u003c\/strong\u003e Modern LED reef lights are rich in blue and violet wavelengths, which makes coral colouration and fluorescence hard to judge with the naked eye. ReefView Glasses filter out that blue cast, similar to how a photographer's lens filter works, so the colours you see sit closer to how the coral actually looks. This pack contains 6 units, suited to a shop counter, frag swap table, or reef club open night where more than one person wants a look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFilters blue-dominant reef lighting to reveal coral colouration and fluorescence more accurately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMakes colour changes in corals easier to spot for routine health checks than under raw blue light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandy for previewing how a coral will look before deciding whether a camera lens filter is worth using\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePack of 6 — enough for a display stand, shop counter, or group viewing session\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReef viewing glasses\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 units\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED443\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7290116397252\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuited to marine and reef aquariums running blue-spectrum LED lighting, where they help reveal coral colour and fluorescence normally washed out by the blue cast. They're not safety eyewear, and for camera work a dedicated lens filter is still the more accurate option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePairs naturally with Red Sea ReefLED lighting and other blue-heavy reef LED fixtures, where the blue cast they filter out is strongest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by the manufacturer's standard warranty against faults, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Get in touch if anything arrives faulty and we'll sort it out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo these change how the coral actually looks, or just how it looks through the glasses?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly how it looks through the glasses. They filter light on its way to your eyes and have no effect on the coral or the tank itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill they work with any reef light, or only Red Sea lighting?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAny blue-heavy reef LED lighting, not just Red Sea fixtures. The effect is strongest under lights with a high proportion of blue and violet output.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhy is the pack 6 units instead of a single pair?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSix units suit retail display, reef clubs, or shops that want multiple pairs on hand for customers or visitors to try at once.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAre these only useful on saltwater tanks?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. They're built around the blue-heavy lighting used on marine and reef aquariums and won't offer any benefit under standard freshwater lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774155084067,"sku":"RED443","price":94.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reefview-glasses-6-u-46119452115235.webp?v=1790239002"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefdose-accessory-kit-blue-green","title":"Red Sea ReefDose Accessory Kit Blue+Green","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe tubing your ReefDose doesn't come with.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea's ReefDose 2 and ReefDose 4 dosing pumps ship without tubing, so this accessory kit is what actually connects the pump to your tank. It includes four colour-coded dosing tubes, a tube holder, quick-connect tips and mounting clips, in a blue-through-green colour set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolves the \"no tubing in the box\" problem\u003c\/strong\u003e - everything needed to wire up a ReefDose pump, in one kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour colour-coded TPE tubes, 3 m each\u003c\/strong\u003e - trace each supplement line at a glance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes a tube holder, 4 quick-connect tips and 3 snap-open organiser clips\u003c\/strong\u003e - mounting hardware, not just tubing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits both the ReefDose 2 and ReefDose 4\u003c\/strong\u003e - same tube spec across the range; a ReefDose 2 owner simply uses two of the four lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTubing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 x colour-coded TPE tubes, 3 m each (purple, blue, blue-green, green)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTube diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm ID \/ 5 mm OD\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded fittings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x tube holder, 4 x quick-connect tips, 3 x snap-open organiser clips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my dosing pump?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for both models in the range. The ReefDose 2 and ReefDose 4 share the same 3 mm ID \/ 5 mm OD tube spec and the same manual, so this kit works on either - a ReefDose 2 owner uses two of the four supplied tubes and has two spare.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ Not included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIncluded: four dosing tubes, a tube holder, four tips and three organiser clips - everything needed to plumb one ReefDose pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot included: the dosing pump itself. This is an accessory kit for a \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefdose-2\"\u003eRed Sea ReefDose 2\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefdose-4\"\u003eRed Sea ReefDose 4\u003c\/a\u003e, sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for anyone setting up a new Red Sea ReefDose 2 or ReefDose 4 - the pump doesn't include tubing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable as a replacement set if existing tubing has degraded or discoloured\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot needed if you already own a full set of Red Sea ReefDose tubing in good condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefdose-2\"\u003eRed Sea ReefDose 2\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefdose-4\"\u003eRed Sea ReefDose 4\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefdose-4-tube-holder-includes-tips\"\u003eRed Sea ReefDose 4 Tube Holder\u003c\/a\u003e - extra mounting for a ReefDose 4's fourth line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's standard parts warranty, in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Ships on standard parcel freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes my ReefDose pump come with this tubing already?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo - Red Sea sells the ReefDose 2 and ReefDose 4 without dosing tubing. You need a kit like this one before you can run your first dose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need two kits for a ReefDose 4's four heads?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo - one kit already supplies four tubes and four tips, enough for all four heads of a ReefDose 4.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill this work with my ReefDose 2?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - the tube spec is identical across the ReefDose range. You'll only use two of the four supplied tubes, with two spare.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774161408291,"sku":"RED832","price":65.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reefdose-accessory-k-43876697440547.webp?v=1790239296"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefdose-accessory-kit-red-yellow","title":"Red Sea ReefDose Accessory Kit Red+Yellow","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExtra dosing lines, colour-coded so you never mix up a channel.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea ReefDose Accessory Kit (Red\/Yellow) is a genuine tubing kit for the ReefDose 2 and ReefDose 4 dosing pumps, adding four more colour-coded lines when you're running extra additives or setting up a second unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 flexible dosing tubes — pink, red, orange and yellow — roughly 3 m (10 ft) each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 tube holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 quick-connect tips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 snap-open tube organiser clips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit my ReefDose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, on both current models. The tubing and quick-connect fittings are the same across the ReefDose 2 and ReefDose 4, so this kit fits either pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich kit do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne Red\/Yellow kit gives you four extra colour-coded lines — enough to fully re-tube a ReefDose 4 or top up a ReefDose 2. Running two ReefDose units together, or dosing more than four supplements, is where the Blue\/Green kit earns its keep: paired with this one it gives eight distinct colours across the whole system, so no two lines look the same at the cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefDose 2, ReefDose 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTubes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 x TPE dosing tube, pink \/ red \/ orange \/ yellow, approx. 3 m each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFittings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 x quick-connect tips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrganisers\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 x snap-open tube clips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35356\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for anyone running a ReefDose 2 or ReefDose 4 who needs additional or replacement lines. Not a substitute for the gear motor or head tube — this kit is tubing and organisers only, not the parts that actually pump the dose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's standard spare parts warranty against manufacturing defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard parcel delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes this include the tube organiser clips?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — three snap-open clips are included, the same clips sold separately as the ReefDose Tube Organiser Clips 3-pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this tubing with a ReefDose 2 instead of a ReefDose 4?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The tubing, fittings and clips are identical across both pumps — you'll just have two spare lines with a ReefDose 2.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need the Blue\/Green kit as well?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly if you're dosing more than four supplements or running a second ReefDose unit. A single Red\/Yellow kit covers one fully-loaded ReefDose 4.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774161441059,"sku":"RED833","price":65.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reefdose-accessory-k-43876697735459.webp?v=1790239296"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefdose-measuring-cylinder","title":"Red Sea ReefDose Measuring Cylinder","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConfirm every dose is exactly what the app says it is.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea ReefDose Measuring Cylinder is the calibration accessory for ReefDose dosing pumps — a small graduated glass cylinder that lets you catch and check a single dose against what was scheduled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass construction, 5 mL capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e0.1 mL graduations for precise small-volume reading\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFast, repeatable manual calibration checks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit my ReefDose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — it's a universal accessory for the ReefDose range, not tied to a specific channel or model. It works the same way on a ReefDose 2 or a ReefDose 4.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefDose 2, ReefDose 4 — any dosing head\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGraduation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35352\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for calibrating any ReefDose head, and for spot-checking dose accuracy after fitting a new head tube or gear motor. Not a replacement part in itself — it doesn't fix a dosing fault, it tells you whether one exists.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse with fresh water after each use, especially after measuring alkalinity or calcium supplements, and dry before storing to avoid crystalline residue clouding the graduations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's standard spare parts warranty against manufacturing defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard parcel delivery. Glass item — handle with care in transit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow do I calibrate a ReefDose head with this?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRun a manual dose from the app into the cylinder, then compare the measured volume against the volume the app expected, and adjust the calibration setting to match.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes one cylinder cover all four channels on a ReefDose 4?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — calibrate each head in turn with the same cylinder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs it fragile?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's glass, so treat it as you would any lab glassware — it isn't shatterproof.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774161473827,"sku":"RED834","price":33.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reefdose-measuring-c-43876697800995.webp?v=1790239291"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefdose-4-tube-holder-includes-tips","title":"Red Sea ReefDose 4 Tube Holder Includes Tips","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeep every dosing line where it belongs.\u003c\/strong\u003e This genuine Red Sea tube holder (part R35353) mounts four dosing lines from a ReefDose 4 neatly above the waterline, with four quick-connect tips included so each line clips straight in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Red Sea part R35353\u003c\/strong\u003e - the tube holder Red Sea sells for the ReefDose 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour tube positions\u003c\/strong\u003e - one per ReefDose 4 head, keeping lines organised and separated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes four quick-connect dosing tips\u003c\/strong\u003e - ready to fit, no separate purchase needed for the tips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounts above the waterline\u003c\/strong\u003e - clips to the rim of the sump or tank, so a tip never sits in the water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGenuine part number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35353\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTube positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded tips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 x quick-connect dosing tips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClips to the rim of a sump or aquarium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my dosing pump?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis holder is sold by Red Sea specifically for the four-head ReefDose 4. We haven't been able to confirm from Red Sea's own documentation whether it's also compatible with the two-head ReefDose 2 - if you own a ReefDose 2, check with us before ordering rather than assume it fits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for Red Sea ReefDose 4 owners who want their four dosing lines tidy and held above the waterline\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot suitable as a replacement tube holder for other brands' dosing pumps - it's sized for Red Sea's own tubing and tips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefdose-4\"\u003eRed Sea ReefDose 4\u003c\/a\u003e - the pump this holder is built for\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefdose-accessory-kit-blue-green\"\u003eRed Sea ReefDose Accessory Kit (Blue+Green)\u003c\/a\u003e - colour-coded tubing to run through it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's standard parts warranty, in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Ships on standard parcel freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes this include the dosing tips?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - four quick-connect tips are included, one for each tube position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it fit the ReefDose 2?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea markets this holder specifically for the ReefDose 4, and we haven't found official confirmation that it also fits the ReefDose 2. Check with us if you're unsure before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come with tubing?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo - this is the holder and tips only. Pair it with a tubing kit such as the Red Sea ReefDose Accessory Kit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774161506595,"sku":"RED835","price":51.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reefdose-4-tube-hold-43876698095907.webp?v=1790239292"},{"product_id":"red-sea-salt-measuring-cup","title":"Red Sea Salt Measuring Cup","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConsistent scoops make consistent salinity.\u003c\/strong\u003e This Red Sea salt measuring cup is designed to pair with Red Sea Salt and Coral Pro Salt, so you're adding the same amount of dry salt to your mixing water every time — a simple way to stop salinity drifting from batch to batch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eField\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned for use with\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea Salt and Coral Pro Salt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSold as\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle measuring scoop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED12001\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurpose-made for Red Sea Salt and Coral Pro Salt\u003c\/strong\u003e — sized to the salt rather than a generic kitchen measure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRepeatable dosing\u003c\/strong\u003e — a level scoop gives close to the same weight of salt each time, which is what keeps salinity consistent between water changes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSimple and durable\u003c\/strong\u003e — a single moulded scoop with no parts to lose or wear out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuited to anyone mixing Red Sea Salt or Coral Pro Salt by volume rather than weighing on scales. Not a substitute for checking the finished mix with a refractometer or hydrometer — a level scoop gets you close to the target salinity, but the only way to confirm it is measuring the mixed water itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFill to a level scoop, never heaped — a heaped scoop isn't a repeatable measure and will push your mix stronger than intended. Use the same scoop and levelling technique every time, and verify the result with a refractometer once the mix is fully dissolved and temperature-stable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRinse and dry after use to stop salt residue building up inside the scoop, which can throw off the fill volume over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSold subject to Red Sea's standard product guarantees, which apply in addition to your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships as a standard parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes one scoop equal a fixed weight of salt?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eA level scoop gives a repeatable volume, and salt of a given density weighs close to the same amount scoop to scoop — but the reliable way to hit a target salinity is still to verify the mixed water with a refractometer, not to count scoops alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this fit both Red Sea Salt and Coral Pro Salt buckets?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — it's designed to pair with both.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use a kitchen measuring cup instead?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou can, but a kitchen cup won't necessarily match the fill volume this scoop is designed around, and the point of a dedicated scoop is a repeatable measure batch to batch.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774163931427,"sku":"RED12001","price":6.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-salt-measuring-cup-557091.webp?v=1790230836"},{"product_id":"ziss-aqua-bbs-feeding-cup-sf-0-0-18mm","title":"ZISS Aqua - BBS Feeding Cup SF-0 - 0.18mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRinse and serve live food without losing any in the gravel.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Ziss BBS Feeding Cup SF-0 (0.18 mm mesh) is a small stainless steel sieve that suction-mounts to the glass, letting you rinse baby brine shrimp, daphnia or phytoplankton clean of hatchery water before your fish get to it. The fine mesh also makes it a handy in-tank pot for small aquarium plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0.18 mm stainless steel mesh\u003c\/strong\u003e — fine enough to hold newly-hatched brine shrimp (nauplii) and daphnia while draining water freely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuction cup mount\u003c\/strong\u003e — fixes to the inside glass so the cup stays put while you rinse and feed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStackable design\u003c\/strong\u003e — sits with other Ziss SF-series sieves for rinsing in stages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual purpose\u003c\/strong\u003e — works as a feeding station or as a mesh pot for stem plants and mosses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMesh size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.18 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel mesh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5 x 7.2 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuction cup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for rinsing and dispensing baby brine shrimp, daphnia and phytoplankton in fresh or marine tanks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable as a small mesh planting pot for mosses and stem cuttings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot suitable for adult brine shrimp or larger live foods that need a coarser mesh — see the Ziss Brine Shrimp Collector\/Feeder for a coarser option.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse the mesh under tap water after use to clear salt and organic residue, and check the suction cup periodically — like all suction mounts, it eventually loses grip and needs replacing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ziss-artemia-blender\"\u003eZiss Artemia Blender\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — hatch your own brine shrimp, then rinse and serve them with this cup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ziss-brine-shrimp-collector-feeder\"\u003eZiss Brine Shrimp Collector\/Feeder\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — a coarser-mesh sieve for adult brine shrimp and larger live foods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law in addition to any manufacturer warranty. Small and light — standard parcel delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat mesh size do I need for newly-hatched brine shrimp?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e0.18 mm is a good general-purpose size for baby brine shrimp (nauplii) and daphnia. Ziss also makes this cup in other mesh sizes for coarser live foods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it in a saltwater tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The stainless steel mesh is safe for both freshwater and marine use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan it double as a plant pot?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The fine mesh holds substrate or rockwool for small stem plants and mosses, and the suction mount keeps it in place.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Ziss Aqua","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242215751971,"sku":"BA9192","price":13.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/ziss-aqua-bbs-feeding-cup-sf-43507420004643.webp?v=1790234085"},{"product_id":"ziss-artemia-blender","title":"Ziss Artemia Blender","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHatch live brine shrimp at home, on your own schedule.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Ziss Artemia Blender is a small conical hatchery that aerates brine shrimp (artemia) eggs until they hatch, then drains the live nauplii through a needle-shaped bottom valve without damaging the eggshells left behind. It's sold in two sizes — the compact ZH-700 and the larger ZH-2000+ — so you can match the hatchery to how much live food you go through.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClear polycarbonate body\u003c\/strong\u003e — scratch-resistant and lets you see hatching progress at a glance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConical shape\u003c\/strong\u003e — keeps eggs circulating evenly in the airflow rather than settling in corners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNeedle-shaped bottom valve\u003c\/strong\u003e — drains hatched nauplii without damaging unhatched eggshells still in the container.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable mounting bracket\u003c\/strong\u003e — mounts inside or outside the aquarium, or on a rack.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLid space for a heater\u003c\/strong\u003e — both sizes leave room in the lid to fit a small aquarium heater, which speeds hatching in a cool room (heater not included).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat's different\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZH-700\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact — manufacturer does not publish a litre figure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe smaller, entry-level hatchery for occasional batches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZH-2000+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 litres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarger batches, plus an included thermometer with O-ring and a feeding pipette\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear polycarbonate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAeration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZiss ZAD-10 air diffuser, driven by a separate air pump\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDrain\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNeedle-shaped bottom valve\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable bracket — in-tank, hang-on or rack mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeater compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLid recess fits a small aquarium heater (not included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ what you'll still need\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e the hatchery body and lid, mounting bracket, ZAD-10 air diffuser and, on the ZH-2000+, a thermometer with O-ring and a feeding pipette.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou'll still need:\u003c\/strong\u003e an air pump to drive the diffuser, brine shrimp eggs, aquarium salt to mix a hatching brine, and — optionally — a small heater if your fish room runs cool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for hatching brine shrimp (artemia) eggs to feed fry, small fish and filter-feeding corals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for fresh or marine tank keepers — the hatchery itself always runs on a saltwater brine, regardless of what the shrimp will be fed to.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot a substitute for an air pump — one is required and not included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse the body and diffuser between batches to stop salt crusting on the walls, and check the bottom valve seals cleanly — a worn seal will drain water along with the shrimp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ziss-brine-shrimp-collector-feeder\"\u003eZiss Brine Shrimp Collector\/Feeder\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — harvest and rinse the shrimp once they've hatched.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ziss-aqua-bbs-feeding-cup-sf-0-0-18mm\"\u003eZiss BBS Feeding Cup SF-0\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — rinse and dispense the smallest nauplii straight into the tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law in addition to any manufacturer warranty. Standard parcel delivery — the ZH-2000+ is the larger and heavier of the two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need a separate air pump?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Both sizes include the ZAD-10 diffuser but rely on your own air pump to drive it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between the ZH-700 and ZH-2000+?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ZH-2000+ holds 2 litres and adds a thermometer with O-ring and a feeding pipette. The ZH-700 is the smaller, simpler model for occasional hatching.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it need a heater?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot strictly — brine shrimp will hatch at room temperature, just more slowly. Both models leave lid space to fit a small heater if you want faster, more consistent hatching.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan the hatched shrimp damage the unhatched eggs?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — the needle-shaped bottom valve is designed to drain live nauplii without disturbing eggshells still settling in the container.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Ziss Aqua","offers":[{"title":"ZH700","offer_id":55242219258147,"sku":"BA8559","price":57.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"ZH2000+","offer_id":55335354204451,"sku":"BA8560","price":100.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/ziss-artemia-blender-43507420037411.webp?v=1790234086"},{"product_id":"red-sea-rcp-cap-tube-2pcs","title":"Red Sea RCP Cap Tube (2pcs)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe small dosing-bottle spare worth keeping on hand.\u003c\/strong\u003e This two-pack of cap tubes fits the bottle caps used across Red Sea's Reef Care Program dosing range — the short internal tube that lets your ReefDose or manual doser draw liquid cleanly from the bottle without air gaps or drips.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Red Sea spare\u003c\/strong\u003e — matches the cap fitted to Reef Care Program dosing bottles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo tubes per pack\u003c\/strong\u003e — enough to service two bottles, or keep one spare.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeeps dosing clean\u003c\/strong\u003e — a cracked or perished cap tube is a common cause of a drippy, messy dosing bottle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick swap\u003c\/strong\u003e — pulls out and pushes in by hand, no tools needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my bottles?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea Reef Care Program (RCP) dosing bottle caps\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 pieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThis SKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBA8876\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuits the standard cap fitted to Red Sea's Reef Care Program dosing bottles. If your bottle uses a different cap style, check the fitting before ordering — send us a photo if you're not sure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships standard parcel post.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat does the cap tube actually do?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt's the short tube inside the bottle cap that the dosing tubing connects to — it keeps the draw sealed and drip-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow often does it need replacing?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly when it perishes, cracks, or starts weeping around the cap — there's no fixed schedule from Red Sea for this part.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this include the bottle or cap itself?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — this is the tube only. The bottle and cap are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242228891939,"sku":"BA8876","price":7.65,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-rcp-cap-tube-2pcs-43876723261731.webp?v=1790239539"},{"product_id":"deepsee-clear-5-max-orange-filter-lens","title":"Deepsee Clear 5\" Max Orange Filter Lens","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAn orange filter lens for the Flipper DeepSee Clear Max 5 inch viewer.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a Flipper accessory, not a Red Sea part. The orange lens filters out blue light, so when you look through a DeepSee viewer under blue-heavy reef lighting you see coral colours more as they really are. It is the lens only; the DeepSee Clear Max viewer with 5 inch lens is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFilters blue light\u003c\/strong\u003e so the reds and oranges in corals show through, which also helps when photographing corals through the viewer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePress-fit\u003c\/strong\u003e onto the DeepSee Clear viewer, with no tools needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Flipper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits: DeepSee Clear Max 5 inch (127 mm) viewer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: about 12.2 x 12.2 x 1.3 cm (4.8 x 4.8 x 0.5 inch)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded: one filter lens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for owners of the DeepSee Clear Max 5 inch viewer on reef tanks with blue lighting. Flipper makes separate orange lenses for its 4 inch and 3 inch Nano viewers, so check your viewer size before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour rights under Australian Consumer Law apply. Ships by standard parcel post.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Flipper","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242229678371,"sku":"AA3808","price":89.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/DeepSee_Viewer_MAX_Clear_-_Orange_Filter_Lens_5.1.jpg?v=1790927525"},{"product_id":"nutra-matic-economy-auto-fish-feeder","title":"Nutra-Matic Economy Auto Fish Feeder","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo automatic feeds a day while you're away.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Nutrafin Nutra-Matic is a battery-powered automatic fish feeder that dispenses flake, granule or small pellet food twice a day, roughly every 12 hours, so fish are fed on a set schedule during a weekend away or a longer trip. It mounts to the aquarium rim or sits free-standing, and fits inside some canopies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeeds twice daily\u003c\/strong\u003e — dispenses on a fixed, roughly 12-hour cycle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable portion size\u003c\/strong\u003e — a food-quantity dial controls how much drops per feed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnti-humidity door\u003c\/strong\u003e — closes between feeds to keep food dry and reduce clumping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible mounting\u003c\/strong\u003e — sits on the rim, free-standing, or inside some canopies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandles flake, granule and small pellet food.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeeding cycle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoughly every 12 hours (2 feeds a day)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x AA batteries (not included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFood types\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlake, granule, small pellet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRim, free-standing, or in-canopy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTypical fill\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeeds 5–10 fish for up to 3 days per fill\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ what you'll still need\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIncluded: the Nutra-Matic feeder unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou'll still need: 2 x AA batteries (not included) and your own dry food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for freshwater and marine tanks fed on dry flake, granule or small pellet food, and for trips of a few days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot suitable for frozen or gel food, or as a sole feeding method over long absences without someone checking in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEmpty and dry the hopper between trips so leftover food doesn't go stale or clump in the anti-humidity door mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBattery-powered, not mains-powered. Keep it away from splash and direct spray from filter returns so the door mechanism doesn't jam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow many fish can it feed?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer rates a full dispenser for 5 to 10 fish for up to 3 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo the batteries come with it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — it takes 2 AA batteries, sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I adjust how much food comes out?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, a food-quantity dial sets the portion released at each feed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill it work with pellets?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — flake, granule and small pellet food all work in the Nutra-Matic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Nutrafin's manufacturer warranty, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard parcel delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nutrafin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242234593571,"sku":"BA8379","price":63.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/nutra-matic-economy-auto-fis-43875862348067.webp?v=1790239537"},{"product_id":"marina-fish-net-breeder-box","title":"Marina Fish Net Breeder Box","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeeps fry, sick or newly added fish safe without a second tank.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Marina Fish Net Breeder Box is a fine-mesh net enclosure that hangs inside your main aquarium, giving fry, weak fish or new arrivals their own protected space while still sharing the main tank's water. Water moves freely through the mesh so oxygen and temperature stay matched to the display tank, without the stress of a full quarantine setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFine mesh netting\u003c\/strong\u003e — lets water flow through freely, keeping oxygen levels up around the occupants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIn-tank isolation\u003c\/strong\u003e — separates fry, sick fish or pregnant livebearers from the general population without a second aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo extra plumbing or power\u003c\/strong\u003e — sits inside the existing tank and uses the tank's own water and temperature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarina (Hagen)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFloating fine-mesh net breeder \/ isolation box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAA3730\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMarina does not publish external dimensions or mesh gauge for this item on its current spec sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIsolating fry after a livebearer gives birth, so they aren't eaten by tankmates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGiving a sick or injured fish a calm, separate space to recover in, while still sharing the main tank's water chemistry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot a substitute for a proper quarantine tank when treating disease with medication — dosing the main tank affects every fish in it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse the mesh in aquarium water — never tap water or soap — between uses, and check it regularly for a build-up of waste that can reduce water flow through the mesh.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA turkey baster or fry net, for gently moving small fish in and out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA small floating thermometer, to confirm the breeder box sits away from any heater hot-spot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Marina's standard warranty against manufacturing defects, in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Standard freight applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill fry escape through the mesh?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — the mesh is fine enough to hold newborn livebearer fry while still letting water pass through.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it need an air stone or filter?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It relies on water exchange through the mesh with the main tank, so no separate filtration or aeration is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it in a saltwater tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMarina markets this as a general aquarium accessory rather than a marine-specific product. If you're isolating marine fish or invertebrates, contact us first, as saltwater isolation usually calls for different equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Marina","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242236133667,"sku":"AA3730","price":9.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/marina-fish-net-breeder-box-43875866837283.webp?v=1790239539"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefview","title":"Red Sea ReefView","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSee coral fluorescence the way a blue LED wants you to.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefView is a pair of yellow-lens viewing glasses that filter out excess blue light from actinic and reef LED lighting, making coral colour and fluorescence read more clearly to the eye than it does unfiltered. This listing is one pair, supplied in its own carry pouch — not the 6-unit trade pack we also stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYellow filter lens\u003c\/strong\u003e — cuts the blue-heavy cast of actinic and full-spectrum reef LEDs so coral colour and polyp detail stand out more clearly to the naked eye.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandy for photos, not just viewing\u003c\/strong\u003e — many reefers use them to judge true colour before shooting, since a phone camera under actinic light struggles the same way the eye does.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComes with its own pouch\u003c\/strong\u003e — for keeping the lenses scratch-free between tank-side sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne pair per unit\u003c\/strong\u003e — see our 6-unit ReefView pack if you are buying for a club night, store counter or as a multi-buy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYellow-lens coral viewing glasses\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 pair, with carry pouch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBA8095\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea does not publish lens material, UV-blocking or magnification specifications for this product on the pages we could access, and there are not any to invent — it is a straightforward colour filter, not a technical optic.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuited to anyone running actinic or blue-heavy reef LED lighting who wants to see true coral colour without waiting for a lighting change, and to reefers who like to check colour before photographing a tank. Not a substitute for proper safety eyewear — these are a colour filter, not rated eye protection, and they will not do much under a daylight-only or all-white lighting setup with little blue in the spectrum.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore in the supplied pouch when not in use to avoid scratching the lens. Wipe with a soft lens cloth; avoid abrasive cleaners or paper towel on the lens surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard parcel delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between this and the ReefView 6-unit pack?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSame glasses — this listing is a single pair with its own pouch, while the 6-unit pack is a multi-buy of six pairs, better suited to a club, store or gift-giving quantity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo these actually change what my coral looks like, or just what the photo looks like?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth — the yellow lens filters the light reaching your eye directly, so the effect is visible looking straight at the tank, not just through a camera.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill these work under any aquarium light?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey do the most under actinic-heavy or blue-shifted reef LED spectrums. Under daylight-only or low-blue lighting there is less blue cast for the lens to filter, so the effect is more subtle.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242237837603,"sku":"BA8095","price":13.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reefview-43106818883875.webp?v=1790230923"},{"product_id":"fluval-breeder-box-1-1l","title":"Fluval Breeder Box 1.1L","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA hang-on nursery that isolates fry, new arrivals or an injured fish without setting up a separate tank.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Fluval Breeder Box clips onto the outside of your aquarium and uses your existing water, so there's no separate heater or filter to run. Powered by an air pump, it keeps water circulating gently through the 1.1 L chamber while keeping its occupant safe from tankmates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHatchery and incubator\u003c\/strong\u003e — protects newborn fry from being eaten by tankmates, improving survival rates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDoubles as a hospital box\u003c\/strong\u003e — gives an injured, weak or newly acclimating fish a safe, separate space using the main tank's own water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eV-shape separator included\u003c\/strong\u003e — divides the chamber, useful for keeping a livebearer separate from fry she's already dropped.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo heater or filter needed\u003c\/strong\u003e — draws on the main tank's temperature and water quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits most tanks\u003c\/strong\u003e — two slit plates cover both frameless glass and framed aquariums with a rim.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 L (0.3 US gal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExternal dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16.5 x 12.5 x 12 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrameless glass fit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5–10 mm thick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFramed tank fit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRim up to 45 mm (1¾\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and saltwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAA3637\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e015561109420\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ what you'll still need\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIncluded: breeding box with cover, intake tube, V-shape separator, levelling adjuster, air valve, 12\" airline tube, discharge cap, intake extension, O-ring, strainer, and two slit plates for different frame thicknesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot included: an air pump. Fluval specifies one delivering around 1 L of flow per minute, such as its own Q.5 (Item A849) or A101 (Item A851), plus airline tubing (Item A1141) if you don't already have spare line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe box uses one of two included slit plates to clip on — one sized for frameless tanks with 5–10 mm glass, the other for framed tanks with a rim up to 45 mm. Outside the tank, it needs roughly 16.5 x 12.5 x 12 cm of clearance to sit level against the glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for isolating fry, a stressed or injured fish, or a new arrival that needs to acclimate gradually, in freshwater or saltwater. Not a substitute for a proper hospital or grow-out tank over the longer term — at 1.1 L it's a short-to-medium-term holding space, not permanent housing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the air pump running continuously to maintain circulation through the chamber. Because the box shares the main tank's water, an ordinary partial water change on the display tank keeps water quality inside the box in step with it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Fluval's standard consumer guarantee against manufacturing defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard freight class.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come with an air pump?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — Fluval specifies a pump delivering around 1 L of flow per minute, such as its Q.5 (A849) or A101 (A851), sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill it fit a rimless tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, provided the glass is between 5 and 10 mm thick — the box includes a slit plate sized for frameless glass in that range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I keep fry and an adult fish in it at the same time?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe included V-shape separator lets you split the chamber, so you can house fry away from an adult in the same box.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fluval","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242238099747,"sku":"AA3637","price":40.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/fluval-breeder-box-1-1l-43180001132835.webp?v=1790234088"},{"product_id":"fluval-holding-and-breeder-box-1-9l","title":"Fluval Holding And Breeder Box 1.9L","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA hang-on nursery that uses your tank's own water, no separate heater or filter needed.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Fluval Holding and Breeding Box hangs on the outside of the aquarium and circulates water from the main tank using an air pump, giving fry, injured fish or new arrivals a protected 1.9 L space without disturbing the rest of the tank. Up to three separate compartments can be set up using the included partition plates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.9 L (0.5 US gal) capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — enough room for growing fry, not just newborns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMulti-chamber\u003c\/strong\u003e — three included partition plates let you divide the box into one, two or three compartments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUses your existing tank water\u003c\/strong\u003e — an air pump draws conditioned water from the main aquarium, so there's no separate heater or filter to run.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHangs on the outside of the tank\u003c\/strong\u003e — saves display space compared with a floating or fully internal breeder box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLevelling adjusters\u003c\/strong\u003e — for a secure fit on tanks near the compatible frame and glass-thickness limits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClear walls\u003c\/strong\u003e — for easy monitoring without lifting the cover.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.9 L (0.5 US gal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26 x 14 x 12 cm (10.25″ x 5.5″ x 4.75″)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompartments\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1, 2 or 3, using the included partition plates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrameless tank compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass thickness 5–10 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFramed tank compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame width under 47 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDrive\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAir-powered water circulation — requires a separate air pump\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer SKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAA3638\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e015561109437\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck your tank's rim before ordering. On a frameless (rimless) tank, the box clips onto glass between 5 mm and 10 mm thick. On a framed tank, the frame itself must be narrower than 47 mm. Outside either range, the clasps won't seat securely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBreeding box with cover and cover clasps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 partition plates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLevelling adjusters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntake tube and intake extension\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAir valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12″ airline tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDischarge cap, strainer and O-ring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDischarge slit plates for both thick and thin frames\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn air pump is required to circulate water and is not included — Fluval specifies a pump rated at 1 L\/minute or less (Item A849) with matching airline tubing (Item A1141). An oversized pump can push flow through the box too hard for fry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLivebearer fry, growing out juvenile fish, isolating a fin-nipped or injured fish, and short-term acclimation or quarantine of new arrivals. Fresh and saltwater.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTurn the air pump off before lifting the cover or removing the box for cleaning. Because the box shares water with the main tank, water quality in the box tracks the display tank — it isn't a substitute for quarantine dosing or treatment, which needs separate, untreated water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep young children from handling or playing with the unit while it's mounted. Overstocking a chamber can deplete oxygen faster than the air-driven flow replaces it — keep fry numbers modest per compartment, especially in the smallest of the three chambers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Fluval's standard warranty against manufacturing defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need a heater or filter for the box?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — it circulates water drawn from the main aquarium, so the box shares the display tank's temperature and filtration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill it fit a rimless tank with 12 mm glass?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The frameless mounting range is 5–10 mm glass thickness — 12 mm is outside that range and the clasps won't seat securely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow many fry can I keep in one compartment?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFluval doesn't publish a stocking number — as a general rule, keep numbers modest and watch for fish crowding at the surface, which signals the air-driven flow isn't keeping up with oxygen demand.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fluval","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242240262435,"sku":"AA3638","price":54.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/fluval-holding-and-breeder-b-43877827805475.webp?v=1790239540"},{"product_id":"eheim-everyday-feeder","title":"Eheim Everyday Feeder","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeeds your fish on schedule while you're away.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Eheim Everyday Feeder (model 3581) is a battery-powered automatic feeder that clips onto the aquarium rim and dispenses dry flake, pellet or granule food on a programmable schedule — up to eight feeds a day — so your fish are fed on time whether you're at work or away for the weekend.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 8 feedings a day\u003c\/strong\u003e — set feed times and portion size on the built-in LCD display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable portion slider\u003c\/strong\u003e — controls how much food drops per rotation, so you're not guessing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in drying fan\u003c\/strong\u003e — keeps food in the hopper dry between feeds, reducing clumping and spoilage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal rim clamp\u003c\/strong\u003e — clicks onto most aquarium rims; the feeder slides on and off the clamp for refilling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManual release button\u003c\/strong\u003e — for an extra feed on demand, without disturbing the schedule.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSee-through 100 mL hopper\u003c\/strong\u003e — so you can see at a glance when it needs a refill.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3581\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFood capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x AA batteries\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeeds per day\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 8, programmable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUniversal rim clamp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCleaning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHand wash only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ what you'll still need\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIncluded: feeder unit, universal mounting clamp, and 2 x AA batteries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou'll still need: your own dry flake, pellet or granule food (not included).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for freshwater and marine aquariums, running dry flake, pellet and small granule food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot suitable for frozen, live or gel foods, or for tanks without a stable rim to clamp onto.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe out the hopper and drying-fan vents by hand between refills — this feeder isn't dishwasher safe. Replace the batteries before they run flat; a feeder that skips its schedule from a dead battery is the most common complaint with any auto-feeder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBattery-powered, not mains-powered, so there's no cord near the water. Mount it clear of direct splash or spray from filters or wavemakers so food doesn't clump and jam the mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come with batteries?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, two AA batteries are included with the unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat food can I use in it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFlake, pellet and granule dry foods. It isn't designed for frozen or gel food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it on a marine tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — it's suited to both freshwater and marine tanks running dry food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat if I'm away longer than usual?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's built for regular top-ups rather than indefinite unattended stretches — check the hopper level and battery charge before an extended trip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Eheim's manufacturer warranty, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard parcel delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Eheim","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242253795619,"sku":"AA3073","price":112.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/eheim-everyday-feeder-43106841133347.webp?v=1790231146"},{"product_id":"red-sea-utilty-basket","title":"Red Sea Utility Basket","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeeps dosing bottles upright, contained and off the cabinet floor.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea Utility Basket is the optional storage add-on for Red Sea's Slide-Out Control Panel 60, holding your dosing and supplement bottles in one place under the tank rather than loose on the cabinet floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHolds a full dosing line-up\u003c\/strong\u003e — fits 7 x 500 mL Red Sea supplement bottles, or 5 x 1 L bottles, in one basket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounts to the Control Panel 60\u003c\/strong\u003e — clips onto the slide-out panel rather than sitting loose, so it slides in and out with the panel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeeps bottles upright\u003c\/strong\u003e — reduces the chance of a knocked-over bottle dosing the cabinet floor instead of the tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Red Sea accessory\u003c\/strong\u003e — matched fit and finish to the Control Panel 60 it's designed for.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea Slide-Out Control Panel 60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 x 500 mL bottles, or 5 x 1 L bottles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAA2921\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my cabinet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis basket is designed specifically for the Slide-Out Control Panel 60 — it's not a stand-alone product, so you'll need the Control Panel 60 already fitted, or on order, for it to have anything to mount to. The Control Panel 60 itself needs a minimum cabinet depth of 51 cm and can be mounted on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ not included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis listing is the basket only. The Slide-Out Control Panel 60 it mounts to, and the supplement bottles it holds, are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuited to any reef or planted tank running two or more dosing bottles through a Control Panel 60 who want them contained rather than loose. Not useful without the Control Panel 60 already installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePairs with the Red Sea Slide-Out Control Panel 60, and with Red Sea's own 500 mL and 1 L supplement bottles, which it's sized around.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty against defects, in addition to your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. Small, light accessory — standard parcel delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes this come with the Control Panel 60?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — the Control Panel 60 is sold separately. This basket is an add-on for a panel you already have or are ordering alongside it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I mix bottle sizes in it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, within the total capacity — the 7 x 500 mL or 5 x 1 L figures are the two ends of what it holds, so a mixed set of bottles will sit somewhere between those two counts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it fit any cabinet?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits the Control Panel 60 specifically, not the cabinet directly, so what matters is whether your cabinet has — or can fit — that panel: minimum 51 cm depth.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242254352675,"sku":"AA2921","price":49.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-utility-basket-10268561309987-1-dq.webp?v=1790372840"},{"product_id":"juwel-smart-feed-automatic-feeder-2-0","title":"Juwel Smart Feed Automatic Feeder - 2.0","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeeds your fish on schedule, whether you're home or not.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Juwel SmartFeed 2.0 mounts into the opening of a Juwel aquarium cover and dispenses flake or granulate food up to three times a day, in eight adjustable portion sizes, so stocking levels stay consistent through a weekend away or a longer holiday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to three feeds a day\u003c\/strong\u003e — program feeding times to match your normal routine, not a single dump of food.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEight portion sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e — dial in the right amount for your stocking level rather than guessing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e110 mL base hopper, expandable to 220 mL\u003c\/strong\u003e — the included extension chamber roughly doubles capacity for longer trips away.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwin conveyor screws\u003c\/strong\u003e — handles both flake and granulate food without clumping or jamming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery or USB-C powered\u003c\/strong\u003e — runs on 4 x AA batteries (not included) or via USB-C cable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHoliday interval mode\u003c\/strong\u003e — set a 24, 48 or 72 hour feeding interval for extended absences.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmartFeed 2.0 feeder unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e220 mL extension feed chamber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting bracket for the aquarium cover opening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAA batteries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFish food\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUSB-C power adapter, if you choose to run it from mains power rather than battery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAA3414\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer product code\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89020\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFood capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 mL base chamber, 220 mL with extension chamber fitted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeeds per day\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 3, programmable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePortion sizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 levels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHoliday interval settings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 \/ 48 \/ 72 hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFood types\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlake and granulate, via twin conveyor screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 x AA batteries (not included) or USB-C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16.5 x 13 x 7.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits the opening in a Juwel aquarium cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for freshwater and marine tanks fitted with a Juwel cover that has a feeder opening. Not designed for pellet food larger than standard granulate size, and not a substitute for checking on the tank during genuinely extended absences — it feeds the fish, not the filter or the water quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the hopper dry between fills — flake and granulate food that's absorbed tank humidity is the most common cause of a jammed conveyor screw. Empty and clean the chamber if food isn't being used within a few weeks, since flake food loses nutritional value and can go stale.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJuwel Digital Thermometer 3.0 — check the tank is holding temperature while you're away\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA quality flake or granulate food sized for your fish species\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Juwel's 24-month manufacturer guarantee, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard shipping applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill it fit any aquarium, or only Juwel tanks?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's designed to fit the feeder opening moulded into Juwel aquarium covers. It can be adapted to other covers with a large enough opening, but Juwel doesn't publish a universal fitting guarantee.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat happens if the batteries die while I'm away?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeeding stops until the batteries are replaced or the unit is connected to USB-C power — there's no backup power source, so check battery level before a longer trip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I feed pellets instead of flake?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe twin conveyor screws are built for flake and granulate food. Larger pellets aren't listed as a supported food type.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it work on a marine tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — it's not species or water-type specific, provided your food is flake or granulate.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Juwel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242255008035,"sku":"AA3414","price":169.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/juwel-smart-feed-automatic-f-43106874786083.webp?v=1790231147"},{"product_id":"red-sea-diy-net-cover-90cmx60cm-36-x-24","title":"Red Sea DIY Net Cover 90cmx60cm \/ 36 x 24","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCut a jump guard to your tank, not the other way round.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea DIY Aquarium Net Cover 90 x 60 cm is Red Sea part R42081 — a complete kit of aluminium profiles, corners, hangers, clear netting, spline and a spline roller that you cut and assemble to your own tank's measurements. It builds one finished cover up to 90 x 60 cm, with components for one customised cut-out for filters or plumbing. Red Sea specifies it for the REEFER 250 and MAX E-260.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCut to your glass, not to a stock size\u003c\/strong\u003e — Red Sea gives the formula outright: profile length = glass length minus 50 mm, profile width = glass width minus 50 mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8 mm thin strand, transparent netting\u003c\/strong\u003e — Red Sea's own specification. Fine enough to stop jumpers, open enough to feed and see through.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo mounting positions\u003c\/strong\u003e — the four hangers give inside-rim or on-rim mounting, so it suits rimless and rimmed open-top tanks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne cut-out included\u003c\/strong\u003e — the kit carries components for one customised cut-out to clear a filter, overflow or return.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpline roller supplied\u003c\/strong\u003e — the tool that presses the net into the profile channel is in the box, which is the part most DIY screen kits leave out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea publishes a per-part-number contents list. For R42081 (90 x 60 cm \/ 36\" x 24\"):\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity or size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExternal corner\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInternal corner\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHanger\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFront spacer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile (P1)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e88 cm x 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSide and space profile (P2)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e57 cm x 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCut-out profile (P3)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 cm x 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpline\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpline roller\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's product page and its assembly manual give different spline lengths for this kit, so we have not published a figure. There is enough supplied to complete one cover at the kit's maximum size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutting tools.\u003c\/strong\u003e The only tool in the box is the spline roller. You supply the saw, mitre box and measuring gear to cut the aluminium profiles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional cut-outs.\u003c\/strong\u003e The kit covers one cut-out. Red Sea's assembly manuals mark part R42085 as not included — that is the component set used for extra or zig-zag cut-outs around rim-mounted equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra hangers\u003c\/strong\u003e beyond the four supplied.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe tank.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is the cover kit only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea states that components are available separately to accommodate additional rim-mounted equipment such as lighting arms, auto-feeders and overflow boxes. We have not listed part numbers for those add-ons because Red Sea does not publish product names against them, and the numbers circulating on overseas retail sites are not confirmed by Red Sea. Ask us and we will confirm current part numbers with the distributor before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRed Sea part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR42081\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum finished cover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 x 60 cm (36\" x 24\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNetting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mm thin strand, transparent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet supplied\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium profile, customer-cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInside-rim or on-rim, via four hangers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCut formula\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile length = glass length minus 50 mm; profile width = glass width minus 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCut-outs supported\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne, using the components supplied\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTool included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpline roller\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 months, Red Sea aquarium products\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure your glass, subtract 50 mm from each dimension, and check the result fits inside 90 x 60 cm. If it does, this is your kit. If the tank is larger, step up the range below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrom Red Sea's own aquarium selection chart, R42081 is the specified kit for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eREEFER 250 and REEFER 250 DLX (fixed mount)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eREEFER 250 DLX (universal mount)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMAX E-260\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne honest caveat.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea's assembly manual also shows R42081 as an option for the REEFER 170\/DLX, REEFER XL 200\/DLX and REEFER XL 300\/DLX, while the selection chart assigns those tanks to the next kit up or down. The two Red Sea documents disagree. We have followed the selection chart above. If you own one of those three tanks, measure the glass and check against the kit's 90 x 60 cm maximum rather than trusting either document.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMAX, MAX E, MAX S and MAX Nano tanks are all covered somewhere in the range, but only the MAX E-260 maps to this 90 x 60 cm kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCover size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRed Sea tanks specified\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eR42080\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 x 60 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMAX Nano, MAX E-170\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eR42081\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 x 60 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eREEFER 250 \/ 250 DLX, MAX E-260\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eR42082\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 x 80 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMAX S-400, MAX S-500, REEFER Peninsula 500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eR42083\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 x 80 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMAX S-650\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eR42084\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 x 80 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eREEFER Peninsula 650\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAssembly\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea is upfront that this is a do-it-yourself product. Their words: it offers versatility and customisability at a fraction of the cost of custom-built covers, but it does require proper DIY skills including planning, taking exact measurements and cutting aluminium profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sequence is measure, cut the profiles to the formula, join with the internal and external corners, lay the net over the frame, roll the spline into the channel to lock the net, trim the excess, then hang. Red Sea publishes video guides for the range on its support site.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea does not publish a tools list or an assembly time, so this page does not state one. Budget an unhurried afternoon for a first build.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen-top tanks where fish are jumping, or where you want to stop them before they do\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRimless and rimmed tanks, using the two hanger positions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks needing a cut-out around a filter, overflow box or return\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who wants a made-to-measure cover without paying for custom fabrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eNot suitable for\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupporting weight.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea publishes no load rating for this cover. Do not rest lighting, lids or anything else on it. Where the frame needs to clear a light arm, it is cut around it, not loaded by it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnyone unwilling to cut aluminium.\u003c\/strong\u003e Nothing in this kit is pre-cut to a finished size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks whose glass, minus 50 mm per side, exceeds 90 x 60 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCovered or hooded tanks that already seal at the top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-filter-media-bags\"\u003eRed Sea Filter Media Bags\u003c\/a\u003e — the other genuine Red Sea consumable most Reefer and MAX owners keep spare.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-coral-pro-salt-20kg-refill-box-600ltr\"\u003eRed Sea Coral Pro Salt\u003c\/a\u003e — a cover cuts evaporation, which steadies salinity between top-ups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-marine-care-multi-test-kit\"\u003eRed Sea Marine Care Multi Test Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — for the routine checks on a newly set up REEFER or MAX.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-kh-alkalinity-pro-testing-kit-75-tests\"\u003eRed Sea KH\/Alkalinity Pro Test Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — less evaporation means less alkalinity swing to chase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea warrants its aquarium products against manufacturing defects in material and workmanship for 24 months from date of purchase, excluding normal wear and tear and consumable items. Red Sea does not name the net cover in its warranty text, so treat 24 months as the product-class term rather than a guarantee specific to this kit. Any manufacturer warranty is in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law and does not limit them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit ships as a long flat carton because of the profile lengths, so it will not fit a standard satchel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat exactly comes in the Red Sea DIY Net Cover kit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor R42081 (90 x 60 cm): six external corners, two internal corners, four hangers, one front spacer, two 88 cm profiles, three 57 cm side and space profiles, two 10 cm cut-out profiles, spline, 3 m of net, and one spline roller. Cutting tools are not included — the spline roller is the only tool in the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow do I work out where to cut the profiles?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's formula is glass length minus 50 mm for the profile length, and glass width minus 50 mm for the profile width. Measure the glass itself, not the outside of the cabinet or the rim.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill the Red Sea 90 x 60 cm net cover fit my REEFER?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's selection chart specifies R42081 for the REEFER 250, REEFER 250 DLX in both fixed and universal mount, and the MAX E-260. For any other tank, measure the glass and check that each dimension minus 50 mm falls within 90 x 60 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I cut a hole for my overflow or filter?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The kit includes components for one customised cut-out, using the two 10 cm cut-out profiles. For additional cut-outs or to work around lighting arms and auto-feeders, Red Sea sells separate components — part R42085 is marked as not included in Red Sea's assembly manuals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I rest my light on the net cover?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Red Sea publishes no weight or load rating for the cover, and it is a tensioned mesh in an aluminium frame, not a shelf. Mount lighting on its own arm or bracket and cut the frame around it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it fit a rimless tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The four hangers give both inside-rim and on-rim mounting options, and Red Sea describes the range as suitable for most open-top aquariums. Red Sea does not publish a maximum glass thickness for the hangers, so if your glass is unusually thick, check with us before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242260709667,"sku":"AA1357","price":113.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-diy-net-cover-90cmx6-43877894422819.webp?v=1790239536"},{"product_id":"red-sea-dosing-cap-tube-2pac","title":"Red Sea Dosing Cap Tube 2Pac","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo spare silicone tubes that let a Red Sea supplement bottle feed a dosing pump.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea's 500 ml and 1 L supplement bottles come with a dosing-ready cap (a cap with a pre-drilled hole). This cap tube fits that cap and links to your dosing pump line, so the pump draws straight from the bottle. Red Sea part R22209, two tubes per pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDose straight from the bottle\u003c\/strong\u003e: the pump draws directly from the Red Sea supplement bottle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo per pack\u003c\/strong\u003e, for two bottles or as a spare.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea part number: R22209\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePack: 2 tubes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: silicone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLength: about 25 cm (10 inch) each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for Red Sea 500 ml and 1 L supplement bottles that have the pre-drilled dosing cap. It does not suit bottles with a solid cap.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour rights under Australian Consumer Law apply. Ships by standard parcel post.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242264314147,"sku":"AA1050","price":6.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-dosing-cap-tube-2pac-43876738760995.webp?v=1790239784"},{"product_id":"seachem-silicone-seal-85g","title":"Seachem Silicone Seal 85g","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilds a permanent, watertight seal for glass aquariums.\u003c\/strong\u003e This 100% RTV silicone from Seachem bonds and repairs glass joints, backgrounds and decorations, curing at room temperature and staying flexible once set. Available in black or clear, it suits freshwater, marine, terrarium and vivarium builds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBonds and seals glass\u003c\/strong\u003e — creates a durable, watertight join for tank walls and panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100% RTV silicone\u003c\/strong\u003e — cures at room temperature without added catalysts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermanently flexible\u003c\/strong\u003e — resists cracking and shrinking under water pressure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack or clear\u003c\/strong\u003e — choose black to hide a seam or clear for a discreet repair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBonds multiple materials\u003c\/strong\u003e — adheres to glass, wood, rubber, metal, ceramic and plastic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAquarium-safe once cured\u003c\/strong\u003e — non-toxic to fish, invertebrates and plants after full cure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSqueeze-tube application\u003c\/strong\u003e — no cartridge gun needed for this pack size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85 g per tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, Clear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComposition\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% RTV (room-temperature-vulcanising) silicone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTouch-dry (skin) time\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 1 hour at room temperature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull cure time\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 24 hours at room temperature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePack format\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle squeeze tube, no cartridge gun required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for \/ not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for sealing seams and glass joints in freshwater and marine aquarium construction and repair, and for bonding backgrounds, rockwork or decorations once fully cured.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for contact with livestock, plants or aquarium water before it is fully cured.\u003c\/strong\u003e Uncured silicone can release fumes and residues harmful to fish and invertebrates, so the tank must not be filled and animals must not be added until the full cure time has passed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included and what you'll need\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach pack contains one 85 g squeeze tube; no cartridge or caulking gun is required. You will also need a blade or the tube cap to pierce the nozzle, a smoothing tool, masking tape for neat lines, and mineral spirits for cleanup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eApplication\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure surfaces are clean, dry and free of dust, oil, old silicone and water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePierce the nozzle and apply a smooth, continuous bead to the seam or joint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool the bead to remove air pockets before it skins over.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe uncured excess with mineral spirits; once cured, silicone must be cut or scraped away.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow full cure before filling the tank or adding livestock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUncured silicone of this type releases acetic-acid vapour as it cures, with a vinegar-like smell that can irritate eyes, skin and airways. Apply in a well-ventilated area, avoid skin and eye contact, and keep away from children while curing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is backed by Seachem's manufacturer support in addition to the consumer guarantees available under Australian Consumer Law, which apply regardless of any manufacturer terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow long before I can fill the tank\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow the full cure time of approximately 24 hours at room temperature before filling the tank with water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs it reef safe once cured\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce fully cured, this 100% RTV silicone is non-toxic and safe for freshwater and marine aquariums, including reef systems. It is not safe for livestock contact before it has fully cured.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it over existing aquarium silicone\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSilicone does not bond reliably to old, cured silicone. Old sealant should be cut and scraped away, with the glass cleaned back to bare surface, before applying a fresh bead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich colour should I choose\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlack is commonly used to hide seams on the external corners of a tank, while clear suits areas where a near-invisible line is wanted, such as viewing panels or glass ornaments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need a caulking gun\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The 85 g pack is a squeeze tube designed for hand application, so a cartridge gun is not required.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":55242269557027,"sku":"AA0533","price":19.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Clear","offer_id":55335266746659,"sku":"AA0534","price":16.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/seachem-silicone-seal-85g-43160358486307.webp?v=1790237816"},{"product_id":"aqua-medic-extension-cable-1-8m-ecodrift-dc-runner","title":"Aqua Medic Extension Cable 1.8m - EcoDrift \u0026 DC Runner","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExtra reach for an EcoDrift, DC Runner or SmartDrift pump without re-running the whole cable.\u003c\/strong\u003e This 1.8 m Aqua Medic extension cable fits between the pump and its controller, letting you mount the controller further away — useful where a cabinet door, a stand wall or a tight sump chamber puts the standard cable length just out of reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.8 m length\u003c\/strong\u003e — adds reach between pump and controller without needing a new pump cable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Aqua Medic part\u003c\/strong\u003e — matched connector and cable rating to the EcoDrift, DC Runner and SmartDrift range, part number 100.301.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.8 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100.301\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEcoDrift x.1, x.2, x.3 · DC Runner x.1, x.2, x.3 · SmartDrift x.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatibility, spares and supersession\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the EcoDrift x.1, x.2 and x.3 series, the DC Runner x.1, x.2 and x.3 series, and the SmartDrift x.1 pumps and controllers. Check your pump's model plate against this list before ordering — earlier Aqua Medic pump generations use a different connector.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for extending the run between an EcoDrift, DC Runner or SmartDrift pump and its controller.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAqua Medic specifies a maximum of one extension cable per controller — daisy-chaining two extension cables onto the same pump is outside the manufacturer's rated setup and is not supported.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePairs with any Aqua Medic EcoDrift, DC Runner or SmartDrift pump where the factory cable doesn't reach the intended controller position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Aqua Medic's manufacturer warranty against defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships as a small parcel item.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I connect two extension cables together for more reach?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Aqua Medic rates a maximum of one extension cable per controller; running two in series is not a supported configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes this cable work with older Aqua Medic pumps?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's matched to the EcoDrift, DC Runner and SmartDrift x.1\/x.2\/x.3 connector. Check your pump's model and generation against the fits list above before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes this cable carry power or just the control signal?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's the link between the pump and its controller, carrying both the pump connection and control signal for that pairing — it does not connect to household mains directly.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Medic","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55285030256931,"sku":"AM100301","price":45.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/aqua-medic-extension-cable-1-43506870223139.webp?v=1790234312"},{"product_id":"aqua-medic-universal-holder-wall-mount","title":"Aqua Medic Universal Holder - Wall Mount","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA wall-mount bracket for an Aqua Medic controller body, keeping it off the cabinet floor and away from stray splashes.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Universal Holder is a small ABS wall bracket sized to hold the housing of specific Aqua Medic controllers and accessories — not probes or electrodes, which use a separate holder — fixed to a wall or the inside of a tank stand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eABS construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds up to a damp cabinet environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurpose-fit for named Aqua Medic units\u003c\/strong\u003e — see the compatibility list below rather than assuming a universal fit to any brand's controller.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrees cabinet floor space\u003c\/strong\u003e — mounts the controller body off the base of the stand, away from any spills.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e204.000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounts to\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall or tank stand interior\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAqua Medic hasn't published dimensions or the exact fixing method (screw or adhesive) for this holder — if that detail matters for your install, contact us and we'll check before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFits models\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003epH monitor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003emV monitor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOzone 30 \/ 90 \/ 250 \/ 400\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAquaniveau 2.0\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrainTuna\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eT Controller Twin 2.0\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eT Controller Twin 2.0 PRO\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOcean Clear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for wall-mounting the controller units listed above. Not designed for mounting temperature probes or electrodes — Aqua Medic sells a separate electrode holder for those.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAqua Medic T Controller Twin 2.0\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAqua Medic Ocean Clear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard freight — small and light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill this hold a temperature probe?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — this holder is sized for the named controller bodies above. Aqua Medic's electrode holder is the correct part for probes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it fit the T Controller Twin 2.0?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it's listed by Aqua Medic as compatible with both the T Controller Twin 2.0 and the PRO version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow is it fixed to the wall?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAqua Medic hasn't published the exact fixing method for this holder. Get in touch if that detail is critical for your setup and we'll confirm before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Medic","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55285031698723,"sku":"AM204000","price":13.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/aqua-medic-universal-holder-43506875007267.webp?v=1790234312"},{"product_id":"aqua-medic-coral-holder","title":"Aqua Medic Coral Holder","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAn adjustable acrylic stand that holds a coral, clam or invertebrate at height in the display, without gluing it to the rockwork.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Aqua Medic Coral Holder lets you position and reposition specimens as your reef layout changes, rather than committing them to one spot with glue or epoxy.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable acrylic support\u003c\/strong\u003e — accommodates corals, clams and invertebrates across a range of sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo gluing required\u003c\/strong\u003e — specimens can be lifted and repositioned as your aquascape develops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact footprint\u003c\/strong\u003e — sits unobtrusively in the display among rockwork.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAcrylic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e98 x 89 x 54 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine \/ reef\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230.03\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for displaying corals, clams and invertebrates of various sizes in a reef aquarium. Not designed as a permanent mounting solution for large, heavy specimens — check the holder sits securely in your rock structure before relying on it for a valuable piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by the Aqua Medic manufacturer warranty in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard parcel delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this fit any size of coral frag?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe support is adjustable, so it accommodates a range of sizes rather than one fixed dimension — check your specimen against the holder's overall size (98 x 89 x 54 mm) before buying if you're working with something unusually large.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I move a coral once it's in the holder?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — that's the advantage over gluing. You can lift the holder and reposition it as your aquascape changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs it reef safe?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — acrylic is inert and won't affect water chemistry.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Medic","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55285032124707,"sku":"AM23003","price":16.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/aqua-medic-coral-holder-43505748115747.webp?v=1790234313"},{"product_id":"aqua-medic-frag-board-mag","title":"Aqua Medic Frag Board Mag","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA magnetic mounting plate that holds coral frags exactly where you want them, without drilling or gluing anything to the glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Aqua Medic Frag Board Mag is a polished acrylic plate held in place by an external magnet, so frags can be repositioned, added or removed from the display without reaching into the water to move rock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnetic mount\u003c\/strong\u003e — external magnet holds the internal acrylic plate in place through glass up to 12 mm thick, no drilling or suction cups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8 frag pins included\u003c\/strong\u003e — ready to mount eight frags straight out of the box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePolished acrylic plate\u003c\/strong\u003e — 240 × 100 × 50 mm, sized to sit discreetly against the glass rather than dominate the aquascape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRepositionable\u003c\/strong\u003e — slide the external magnet along the glass to move the whole board, or lift individual frag pins to rearrange frags.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlate dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 × 100 × 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolished acrylic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum glass thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrag pins included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck your glass thickness against the 12 mm maximum before ordering — the magnet is rated to hold through glass up to that thickness. It is not rated for acrylic aquarium walls, which are typically thicker than 12 mm at the sizes this board suits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAcrylic frag plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExternal magnetic holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 frag pins\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdditional Aqua Medic Frag Pins (sold in packs of 20) extend the board past its included eight positions. Reef Construct or Coral Construct coral glue secures frags to the pins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for reef aquariums with glass walls up to 12 mm thick.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot suitable for acrylic-walled aquariums or glass thicker than 12 mm — the magnet will not hold reliably outside its rated thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow many frags does the board hold?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEight, using the frag pins included in the box. Additional Aqua Medic Frag Pins (20pcs) let you fit more positions on the same plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill the magnet mark or scratch my glass?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe external magnet sits against the outside of the glass and slides to reposition; as with any magnetic aquarium accessory, keep the glass clear of grit before sliding it to avoid scratching.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes this work on rimless tanks?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — it mounts on any flat glass panel up to 12 mm thick, rimless or rimmed.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Medic","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55285032321315,"sku":"AM23050","price":75.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/aqua-medic-frag-board-mag-10278092374307-1-dq.webp?v=1790372665"},{"product_id":"aqua-medic-frag-pins-20pcs","title":"Aqua Medic Frag Pins (20pcs)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwenty replacement pins for mounting coral frags on the Aqua Medic Frag Board Mag, or gluing directly to rock and plugs.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each pin's holding system is shaped to seat coral frags securely while still allowing them to be lifted and repositioned without disturbing neighbouring frags.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack of 20\u003c\/strong\u003e — enough to fully stock more than two Frag Board Mag plates, or use loose with coral glue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurpose-built holding system\u003c\/strong\u003e — shaped to seat a frag plug or fragment securely while allowing it to be lifted and repositioned by hand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible with Aqua Medic Frag Board Mag\u003c\/strong\u003e — matched to the board's mounting holes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePack quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 pcs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePin diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≈32 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible with\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAqua Medic Frag Board Mag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e20 frag pins. Coral glue and a frag board are not included — see Goes well with below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAqua Medic Frag Board Mag, which ships with 8 pins and accepts additional pins from this pack. Reef Construct or Coral Construct coral glue for mounting frags to the pins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for mounting coral frags on an Aqua Medic Frag Board Mag, or gluing to loose rock and frag plugs outside a board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo these pins fit boards from other brands?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey're sized and shaped for the Aqua Medic Frag Board Mag's mounting holes; fit with other brands' frag racks is not confirmed by the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat glue works with these pins?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAqua Medic recommends its own Reef Construct or Coral Construct coral glue for securing frags to the pins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use these pins without a Frag Board Mag?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — they can be glued directly to loose rock or frag plugs and used without a board.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Medic","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55285032354083,"sku":"AM23056","price":36.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/aqua-medic-frag-pins-20pcs-10278092407075-1-dq.webp?v=1790372666"},{"product_id":"aqua-medic-electrode-holder","title":"Aqua Medic Electrode Holder","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeep pH and mV probes at a fixed, repeatable depth instead of drifting around the sump.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Aqua Medic Electrode Holder mounts on the aquarium or sump and holds two or four electrodes at a fully adjustable depth, so every reading comes from the same spot in the water column instead of wherever the probe cable happened to settle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e — Holder 2 takes up to two electrodes, Holder 4 takes up to four, for setups running separate pH, ORP, temperature or other probes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable submergence depth\u003c\/strong\u003e — set and keep each electrode at a consistent depth for repeatable, comparable readings over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSimple aquarium or sump mounting\u003c\/strong\u003e — attaches directly to the tank or sump edge without extra hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eElectrode capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHolder 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 2 electrodes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230.62\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHolder 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 4 electrodes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230.64\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAqua Medic doesn't publish electrode diameter compatibility, material, or exact dimensions for this accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for mounting standard aquarium pH, ORP\/mV, temperature and similar probe electrodes at a fixed depth in a display tank or sump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot suitable as an electrode itself — this is a mounting bracket only and doesn't include probes, controllers or cabling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse the holder periodically to keep the electrode channels free of salt creep and algae, which can otherwise shift an electrode's depth over time and skew readings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePairs with Aqua Medic pH, ORP and temperature probes, and with controllers that use those probe types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Aqua Medic's manufacturer warranty, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need Holder 4 if I only run two probes now?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly if you plan to add more — Holder 2 is lighter and less bulky if two electrodes is all you'll ever run; Holder 4 leaves room to expand later.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill it fit any brand of electrode?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAqua Medic doesn't publish a compatible electrode diameter, so if you're mixing brands, check physical fit before ordering rather than assuming universal compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I adjust each electrode to a different depth?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — submergence depth is adjustable per electrode, so probes measuring different parameters can each sit where they read most accurately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Aqua Medic","offers":[{"title":"2","offer_id":55285032386851,"sku":"AM23062","price":77.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"4","offer_id":55335402733859,"sku":"AM23064","price":134.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/aqua-medic-electrode-holder-43506870190371.webp?v=1790234312"},{"product_id":"aqua-medic-injection-set","title":"Aqua Medic Injection Set","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSix precision syringes and fine cannulas for dosing, sampling and electrode maintenance around the reef tank.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Aqua Medic Injection Set is a six-piece syringe kit sized from 1 mL to 50 mL, built for the small jobs a reef tank generates every week — topping up trace elements, spot-dosing coral food, drawing a water sample, or refilling the electrolyte in a refillable pH or mV electrode. A length of silicone tubing is included so any syringe can be extended to reach a sump or a hard-to-reach dosing port.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSix syringe sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e — 1 mL, 2.5 mL, 5 mL, 10 mL, 20 mL and 50 mL cover everything from a single drop of trace element to a full water sample.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSix fine cannulas\u003c\/strong\u003e — saltwater-resistant plastic, sized to fit the syringe range, for precise spot-dosing into small vessels or coral polyps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50 cm silicone tubing\u003c\/strong\u003e — 4 mm inner diameter, 6 mm outer diameter, extends any syringe's reach into a sump or dosing container.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElectrode-safe use\u003c\/strong\u003e — sized to draw and refill the electrolyte in refillable Aqua Medic pH and mV\/ORP probes without spilling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReusable and saltwater-resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e — rinses clean between uses and holds up to reef-tank conditions better than kitchen syringes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSyringes included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL, 2.5 mL, 5 mL, 10 mL, 20 mL, 50 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCannulas included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6, saltwater-resistant plastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTubing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilicone, 50 cm length, 4 mm ID \/ 6 mm OD\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlastic syringes and cannulas, silicone tubing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem code\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e39060\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSix syringes (1–50 mL), six fine cannulas and one 50 cm length of silicone tubing, packed together as a set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuited to freshwater and marine aquariums alike — dosing trace elements and coral food, sampling tank water for testing, and refilling refillable pH or mV\/ORP electrodes. Not intended for dosing medications at prescribed veterinary volumes, and not a substitute for a calibrated dosing pump where consistent, repeated dosing is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse syringes and cannulas in fresh water after each use, especially after contact with saltwater or supplements, and let them air-dry fully before storing. Replace a syringe if its plunger seal starts to leak or stick.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAqua Medic KCL Solution for pH \u0026amp; mV Probes 60 mL — for calibrating the electrode you're refilling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAqua Medic mV Monitor or mV Computer-Set — the refillable electrodes these syringes are sized for.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by the Aqua Medic manufacturer warranty against defects, in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Standard parcel delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use these syringes to dose two-part or trace element supplements?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 1 mL to 20 mL sizes suit typical daily dosing volumes; use the fine cannula for precise, drip-free dosing at the sump or dosing port.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill the tubing fit onto a dosing pump?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 4 mm ID \/ 6 mm OD silicone tubing suits most syringe and small-bore dosing connections, but check your dosing pump's specified hose size before assuming a fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAre the cannulas reusable?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they're saltwater-resistant plastic and can be rinsed and reused, though like any fine-bore cannula they should be replaced if they become blocked or blunt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use these to refill a non-Aqua Medic electrode?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe syringe and cannula sizes are general-purpose, but always check your specific electrode manufacturer's refill instructions before topping up electrolyte.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Medic","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55285032648995,"sku":"AM39060","price":26.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/aqua-medic-injection-set-43507416334627.webp?v=1790234314"},{"product_id":"aqua-medic-6-tubes-acrylic-holder","title":"Aqua Medic 6 - Tubes Acrylic Holder","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSix dosing lines, one tidy strip along the glass, instead of tubing sprawled across the cabinet.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Aqua Medic 6-Tube Acrylic Holder is a clear acrylic bracket that clips to the aquarium's glass edge and holds up to six soft dosing tubes, each up to 6 mm in diameter, in a single neat row. It suits reefkeepers running a multi-channel doser or several gravity-fed lines who want the tubing gathered and out of the way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHolds up to 6 tubes\u003c\/strong\u003e — six individual slots keep dosing lines separated and untangled.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits tubing up to 6 mm diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e — the standard soft-tube size used by most aquarium dosing pumps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClips straight to the glass edge\u003c\/strong\u003e — no drilling, adhesive or separate bracket needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClear acrylic\u003c\/strong\u003e — sits close to invisible against the tank rather than standing out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTube slots\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum tube diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAcrylic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClips to the glass edge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for soft dosing tube up to 6 mm outside diameter, from any dosing pump brand — it isn't limited to Aqua Medic's own dosers. Not suitable for rigid pipe or tubing over 6 mm, and designed for a standard glass rim; check the clip depth against your tank edge first if you're fitting it to an acrylic aquarium.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included, and what you'll still need\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIncluded: one 6-tube acrylic holder. Still needed: dosing tube and a dosing pump, both sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe with a soft cloth. Acrylic scratches more easily than glass, so avoid abrasive cleaners or scourers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAny multi-channel dosing pump using 4-6 mm soft tubing, and Aqua Medic's own dosing range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Aqua Medic's manufacturer warranty against defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard parcel delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat size tubing does this fit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSoft dosing tube up to 6 mm diameter — the size most dosing pumps use as standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill it work with a doser that isn't made by Aqua Medic?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The holder isn't brand-specific — it holds any soft tube up to 6 mm, regardless of which pump is driving it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it need drilling or adhesive to fit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It clips directly onto the glass edge of the aquarium.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I mount it on an acrylic tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's designed for a standard glass rim. If your tank is acrylic, check the clip depth against the panel thickness before fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Medic","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55285033533731,"sku":"AM41037","price":66.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/aqua-medic-6-tubes-acrylic-h-10278093357347-1-dq.webp?v=1790372666"},{"product_id":"aqua-medic-reducing-t-piece","title":"Aqua Medic Reducing T Piece - 4\/6mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTaps a 4\/6 mm control line off a larger hose run without cutting into new tubing.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Aqua Medic Reducing T-Piece is a barbed PVC fitting that splits a smaller branch line off a main reactor, filter or dosing hose run. It's the fitting used to bring a CO2 line into a reactor, or a dosing line into a return, while keeping the main flow path in one continuous hose size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBarbed push-fit connections\u003c\/strong\u003e — grips standard flexible aquarium hose without extra clamps in most low-pressure runs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePVC construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — resists the salt creep and constant wetting typical of reactor and dosing plumbing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixed 4\/6 mm branch outlet\u003c\/strong\u003e — matches Aqua Medic's dosing pump and CO2 line tubing size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree main-line sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e — 12\/16 mm, 9\/12 mm or 16\/22 mm, so it fits directly into the hose size already running on your reactor, filter or return line.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePVC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBarbed T-piece, push-fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBranch outlet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\/6 mm (fixed on all variants)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain line sizes available\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\/16 mm, 9\/12 mm, 16\/22 mm (select at variant)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVariant\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain line size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBranch outlet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\/16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\/16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\/6 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAM41040\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9\/12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9\/12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\/6 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAM41041\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16\/22\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16\/22 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\/6 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAM41042\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eMatch the main line size to the hose already fitted to your reactor, canister or return line — the branch side is 4\/6 mm on every variant.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e low-pressure gravity and pump-fed hose runs on reactors, canister filters, dosing systems and CO2 lines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e high-pressure mains water plumbing, or as a structural joint under load — it's a hose barb fitting, not a threaded pressure fitting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne reducing T-piece, sized to the variant selected. Hose is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered against manufacturing defects in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Small item, standard freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the branch side always come out at 4\/6 mm?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — on all three variants the branch outlet is fixed at 4\/6 mm. Only the main line size changes between variants.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill it fit my existing hose without extra tools?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe barbed ends are a push fit onto standard flexible aquarium hose of the matching size. A hose clamp is recommended on any run under continuous pump pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it to add a dosing line into a sump return?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, this is one of its common uses — select the main line variant matching your return hose, and run the dosing tube off the 4\/6 mm branch.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Medic","offers":[{"title":"12\/16","offer_id":55285033566499,"sku":"AM41040","price":15.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"9\/12","offer_id":55335402864931,"sku":"AM41041","price":15.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"16\/22","offer_id":55335402897699,"sku":"AM41042","price":15.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/aqua-medic-reducing-t-piece-43506872680739.webp?v=1790234314"},{"product_id":"aqua-medic-non-return-valve-4-6mm-2-pcs","title":"Aqua Medic Non Return Valve 4\/6mm (2 pcs)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStops backflow before it reaches your air pump or doser.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Aqua Medic Non Return Valve 4\/6mm (2 pcs) is a one-way check valve for 4\/6 mm airline and dosing tube, fitted between a pump or doser and the tank so water cannot siphon back and flood the pump when it switches off. Sold as a pack of two, it is rated for air, CO2 and water lines alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne-way flow\u003c\/strong\u003e — passes air, CO2 or dosed liquid in one direction only, and blocks it coming back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits standard 4\/6 mm tube\u003c\/strong\u003e — the size used on most hobby air pumps, CO2 regulators and dosing pump outlets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRated for air, CO2 and water\u003c\/strong\u003e — one valve style covers airlines, CO2 lines and dosing lines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold in pairs\u003c\/strong\u003e — enough from one pack to protect two separate lines, such as a doser and an airline.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact blister-packed fitting\u003c\/strong\u003e — inline, no power or plumbing changes needed beyond cutting into the existing tube.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTube size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\/6 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRated for\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAir, CO2, water\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePack size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 valves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne-way check valve\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAM41043\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for protecting air pumps, CO2 solenoids and dosing pumps from backflow and back-siphoning on 4\/6 mm tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot a substitute for a proper anti-siphon loop on gravity-fed top-off lines, and not sized for larger-bore return-pump or filter hose — check your tube diameter is 4\/6 mm before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck periodically that the valve still moves freely. Mineral build-up from dosed additives, such as calcium or alkalinity solutions, can occasionally stiffen the internal flap over time. Replace the valve if flow becomes restricted or it stops sealing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard delivery applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill this fit my CO2 regulator's tubing?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, as long as your line is standard 4\/6 mm tube — the size used on the great majority of hobby CO2 and air setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it stop my dosing pump siphoning into the tank when it is off?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. That is its main job on a dosing line, along with protecting the pump head from backflow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it on my return pump plumbing?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is sized for 4\/6 mm airline and small-bore dosing tube, not the larger hose used on return pumps — check your hose diameter before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich way does it need to face?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck valves of this type only pass flow in one direction. Fit it with the pump or doser on the inlet side and the tank on the outlet side, following any flow-direction marking moulded into the valve body.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Medic","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55285033664803,"sku":"AM41043","price":16.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/aqua-medic-non-return-valve-43506872353059.webp?v=1790234311"},{"product_id":"aqua-medic-round-grate","title":"Aqua Medic Round Grate","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeep fish and debris out of your overflow.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Aqua Medic Round Grate fits over an overflow or drain opening to stop larger fish, snails and debris being drawn into your plumbing, while still passing water freely. It's available in 40mm, 50mm or 63mm sizes, in black or clear, to match Aqua Medic's PVC pipe and fitting range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e — 40mm, 50mm and 63mm, to suit different overflow and drain pipe diameters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack or clear\u003c\/strong\u003e — choose black to blend into dark sump plumbing, or clear to stay visually unobtrusive against light backgrounds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen grate design\u003c\/strong\u003e — passes water freely while blocking larger fish, snails and debris from entering the drain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, Clear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, Clear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, Clear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my overflow?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 40mm, 50mm and 63mm sizing matches Aqua Medic's own PVC pipe and fitting range — measure your overflow or drain pipe's outside diameter and match it to the closest size before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e covering overflow boxes, drain pipes and skimmer intakes to keep livestock and debris out while maintaining flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e filtering fine particulate — this is a coarse debris and livestock guard, not a mechanical filter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by the manufacturer's warranty in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Standard delivery — a small, lightweight fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill this stop small fry or shrimp getting through?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's designed to stop larger fish, snails and debris — very small fry or shrimplets may still be able to pass through the grate openings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow is it fitted?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits over the end of a pipe or drain opening matching its diameter; check your plumbing's outside diameter against the size range before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes colour affect performance?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — black and clear perform identically. The choice is purely about how visible you want the grate to be against your plumbing.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Medic","offers":[{"title":"40mm Black","offer_id":55285033894179,"sku":"AM41531","price":8.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"50mm Black","offer_id":55335402176803,"sku":"AM41532","price":9.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"63mm Black","offer_id":55335402209571,"sku":"AM41533","price":10.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"40mm Clear","offer_id":55335402242339,"sku":"AM41541","price":8.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"50mm Clear","offer_id":55335402275107,"sku":"AM41542","price":9.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"63mm Clear","offer_id":55335402307875,"sku":"AM41543","price":10.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/aqua-medic-round-grate-43506874876195.webp?v=1790234314"},{"product_id":"aqua-medic-tank-union","title":"Aqua Medic Tank Union","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA bulkhead fitting that seals a drilled tank or sump wall against a leak, in three sizes matched to standard 25, 32 and 40 mm pipe.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Aqua Medic Tank Union is a two-piece ABS fitting that passes through a drilled hole in glass or acrylic and gives you a threaded connection on the other side for rigid PVC plumbing — the standard way to run an overflow, drain or return through a tank or sump wall. It ships with the sealing ring and clamping nut needed to fit it, and its low-profile body lets the tank drain closer to empty than a taller fitting would.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e — TV25, TV32 and TV40, matched to 25 mm, 32 mm and 40 mm OD pipe respectively.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eABS construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — resists the salt and chemical exposure of aquarium plumbing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSealing ring and clamping nut included\u003c\/strong\u003e — no separate gasket purchase needed to fit it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact body\u003c\/strong\u003e — a shorter through-wall length than many bulkhead fittings, which helps low-profile sumps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal fit\u003c\/strong\u003e — works on any drilled glass or acrylic panel at the matching hole size, not just Aqua Medic tanks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTV25\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTV32\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTV40\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e417.25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e417.32\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e417.40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePipe connection (OD)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass\/acrylic drill hole diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThread size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1¼\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1¾\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeal and nut included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur own listed \"hole size\" ranges (32–35 mm \/ 42–45 mm \/ 55–60 mm) are close to but not identical with Aqua Medic's stated fixed drill diameters above — measure your actual drilled hole before ordering, or check with us if you're drilling to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMatch the union to the pipe you're already running, or plan to run: TV25 for 25 mm pipe (a common size for smaller overflows and returns), TV32 for 32 mm, and TV40 for 40 mm, which suits higher-flow drains on larger systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTank union body (threaded barrel and back nut)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSealing ring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClamping nut\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePVC pipe and fittings beyond the union itself\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrilling of the glass or acrylic panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for any drilled glass or acrylic aquarium or sump wall at the matching hole diameter, connecting to standard metric PVC pipe. Not a solution for undrilled tanks, and not rated by the manufacturer for a stated maximum panel thickness — if you're working with unusually thick glass, confirm clearance before drilling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the seal periodically for any weeping, and replace the sealing ring if it hardens or shows wear — this is a wear item on any bulkhead fitting over years of submersion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMatching-size PVC pipe and elbows for your drain or return run\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAqua Medic Universal Holder, for mounting any controller probes near the plumbing run\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered against manufacturing defects in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard freight — small and light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat size do I need for a 25 mm overflow pipe?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTV25, which is sized for 25 mm OD pipe and a 35 mm drilled hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come with the seal already fitted?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships with a sealing ring and clamping nut included, ready to fit to a correctly drilled panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill it fit a tank from another brand?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — it's a universal bulkhead fitting for any drilled glass or acrylic panel at the matching hole diameter, not specific to Aqua Medic tanks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the maximum glass thickness it will fit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAqua Medic doesn't publish a maximum panel thickness for this fitting. If you're working with unusually thick glass or acrylic, check fit before committing to a drill size.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Medic","offers":[{"title":"TV25 (Hole size 32-35mm)","offer_id":55285034090787,"sku":"AM41725","price":31.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"TV32 (Hole size 42-45mm)","offer_id":55335402340643,"sku":"AM41732","price":33.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"TV40 (Hole size 55-60mm)","offer_id":55335402373411,"sku":"AM41740","price":42.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/aqua-medic-tank-union-43506874941731.webp?v=1790234313"},{"product_id":"aqua-medic-overflow-comb-32-incl-holder","title":"Aqua Medic Overflow Comb 32 Incl. Holder","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA gap-toothed comb screens overflow water, keeping fish inside the tank.\u003c\/strong\u003e This 32 cm overflow comb fits across the top of an overflow box, its teeth spaced to let water pass evenly while keeping fish, plants and larger debris out of the drain. It ships with a holder designed to be glued permanently to the overflow, for installations where a removable clip isn't needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e32 cm comb, ~2.2 cm tooth spacing\u003c\/strong\u003e — sized for standard overflow box widths, letting water flow through evenly rather than pooling at the gaps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes glue-on holder\u003c\/strong\u003e — for a permanent fitting to the overflow box, rather than a removable clip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeeps fish and debris out of the drain\u003c\/strong\u003e — screens the overflow without meaningfully restricting flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible with Combfix\u003c\/strong\u003e — Aqua Medic's optional flexible holder accessory, if you'd rather not glue the comb in place (Combfix sold separately).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 32 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTooth spacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 2.2 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlue-on holder (included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ What you'll still need\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e comb and glue-on holder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou'll still need:\u003c\/strong\u003e an aquarium-safe silicone to fix the holder to the overflow box — adhesive isn't included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e overflow boxes where a permanent screen is wanted.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e installs wanting a removable option — the clip-fit Overflow Comb 40 or the Combfix accessory suit a non-permanent fit better.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRinse periodically to clear trapped debris from between the teeth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAqua Medic Overflow Strainer — screens the pipe itself, downstream of the comb.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAqua Medic Combfix — a flexible holder accessory if you'd rather not glue the comb in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAqua Medic Ocean Clear Fleece Roll Filter — mechanical polishing further downstream.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Aqua Medic's manufacturer warranty against defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the holder glued in permanently?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — the included holder is designed to be glued to the overflow box for a permanent fit. If you'd prefer a removable option, Aqua Medic's Combfix accessory or the clip-fit Overflow Comb 40 don't require glue.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat size overflow does it suit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe comb itself is approximately 32 cm long with roughly 2.2 cm tooth spacing, suited to standard overflow box widths around that size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it stop fish going over the overflow?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt screens out fish and larger debris while letting water pass evenly through the gaps, though very small fry can still pass through.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs glue included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — you'll need an aquarium-safe silicone to fix the holder to the overflow box.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Medic","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55285034221859,"sku":"AM41800","price":52.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/aqua-medic-overflow-comb-32-43506872516899.webp?v=1790234314"},{"product_id":"aqua-medic-overflow-comb-50-incl-holder-clip","title":"Aqua Medic Overflow Comb 50 Incl. Holder \u0026 Clip","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeeps leaf litter, coral fragments and fish out of your overflow drain.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Aqua Medic Overflow Comb 50 is a 50 cm plastic comb that sits across your overflow box, letting water pass through evenly along its full length while catching debris and keeping livestock in the tank. This version includes both the glass retainer (holder) and the mounting clips, so you can glue the retainer in for a permanent, easy-release fit, or clip the comb straight to the glass instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50 cm comb length\u003c\/strong\u003e — suits standard-width overflow boxes and full-width external overflows.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEven flow through the teeth\u003c\/strong\u003e — water passes along the whole comb rather than pooling at one end, so debris doesn't build up in a single gap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable for cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e — lifts out of the retainer, or unclips from the glass, in seconds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRetainer included\u003c\/strong\u003e — glue it to the inside of the overflow once, then the comb clips in and out without re-gluing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClips included as an alternative\u003c\/strong\u003e — mount straight to the glass if you'd rather not use the retainer at all.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 50 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight, retainer fitted\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 8 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight, clipped direct to glass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 5.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTooth length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 3.7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum glass thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mm (suits 6-8 mm glass)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer item number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e418.05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe comb fits glass between 6 mm and 8 mm thick, which covers most overflow boxes up to around the 6-foot mark. Check the glass thickness of your own overflow before ordering — a heavier euro-braced or oversized system may run thicker glass than this comb is rated for.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e50 cm overflow comb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass retainer (holder)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting clips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater and marine overflow boxes and external overflows with 6-8 mm glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e overflow glass outside the 6-8 mm range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLift the comb out whenever debris builds up against the teeth — weekly is a reasonable starting point, more often in a heavily stocked or heavily planted tank. Rinse under tap water; no chemical cleaners needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aqua-medic-combfix-6-pcs\"\u003eAqua Medic Combfix (6 pcs)\u003c\/a\u003e — spare clips if one snaps during removal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aqua-medic-overflow-comb-40-including-clip\"\u003eAqua Medic Overflow Comb 40 Including Clip\u003c\/a\u003e — the shorter option for a narrower overflow box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Aqua Medic's manufacturer warranty against defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard freight applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need the retainer, or can I just use the clips?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEither works. The retainer glues permanently inside the overflow and lets you pop the comb in and out without re-gluing, which is the easier option long-term. The clips mount the comb directly to the glass with nothing permanently fixed, which suits anyone who wants to reposition or remove it later.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between this and the Overflow Comb 50 Including Clip?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis version ships with both the glass retainer and the clips. The Including Clip version ships with clips only, with no retainer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill it fit an acrylic tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAqua Medic doesn't publish acrylic-specific fitting data for this comb. If you're not sure the clip will grip your acrylic overflow securely, check with us before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Medic","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55285034287395,"sku":"AM41805","price":59.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/aqua-medic-overflow-comb-50-43506872582435.webp?v=1790234536"},{"product_id":"aqua-medic-combfix-6-pcs","title":"Aqua Medic Combfix - (6 pcs)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSix clips that let you fit or remove your Aqua Medic overflow comb without a drop of silicone.\u003c\/strong\u003e Combfix mounts the Aqua Medic Comb 50 overflow comb onto your overflow box, so the comb can be lifted off for cleaning and put straight back on, instead of being glued in place permanently.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack of 6 clips\u003c\/strong\u003e — enough to fit one Comb 50 overflow comb along its full length.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo gluing required\u003c\/strong\u003e — the comb clips on and off the overflow, so it can be removed for cleaning without damaging the glass or the comb.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurpose-built for Comb 50\u003c\/strong\u003e — designed specifically for the Aqua Medic Comb 50 overflow comb, which has extra-long teeth and runs to roughly 50 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack quantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 clips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAqua Medic Comb 50 overflow comb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine \/ reef\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e418.06\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ what you'll still need\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIncludes 6 Combfix clips only. The Comb 50 overflow comb itself is sold separately and is required for these clips to be useful.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for mounting an Aqua Medic Comb 50 overflow comb to a sump or overflow box. Not designed to fit overflow combs from other brands or Aqua Medic's shorter comb models.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by the Aqua Medic manufacturer warranty in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard parcel delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need to glue these to my aquarium?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — that's the point of Combfix. The comb clips into these holders, so it can be removed for cleaning and refitted without silicone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill these fit any overflow comb?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey're designed specifically for the Aqua Medic Comb 50. Fit isn't guaranteed with combs from other brands or other Aqua Medic comb lengths.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow many do I need for one comb?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eA 6-pack is designed to space evenly along a Comb 50's length; that's the standard fit for one comb.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Medic","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55285034320163,"sku":"AM41806","price":25.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/aqua-medic-combfix-6-pcs-43505748082979.webp?v=1790234536"},{"product_id":"aqua-medic-overflow-comb-40-including-clip","title":"Aqua Medic Overflow Comb 40 Including Clip","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClip-fit overflow comb screens debris without gluing anything to the tank.\u003c\/strong\u003e This 40 cm overflow comb clips directly onto glass 10–12 mm thick, screening overflow water and keeping fish and debris out of the drain without any gluing. Wider tooth spacing than the Comb 32 suits larger overflow boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40 cm comb, ~3.7 cm tooth spacing\u003c\/strong\u003e — wider spacing than the Comb 32, suited to larger overflow boxes and higher flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClip-fit, no glue\u003c\/strong\u003e — clips directly onto glass 10–12 mm thick, so it can be repositioned or removed without residue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeeps fish and debris out of the drain\u003c\/strong\u003e — screens the overflow while letting water pass through evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass thickness specific\u003c\/strong\u003e — the clip is sized for 10–12 mm glass; thinner or thicker panels need a different mounting option (Aqua Medic's Combfix, or the glue-on Overflow Comb 32).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTooth spacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 3.7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClip-fit (included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10–12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ What you'll still need\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e comb with clip — no adhesive or tools required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou'll still need:\u003c\/strong\u003e a different mounting option if your glass isn't 10–12 mm — Aqua Medic's Combfix accessory or the glue-on Overflow Comb 32.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e overflow boxes with 10–12 mm glass wanting a tool-free, removable fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e glass outside that range, or installs wanting a permanent glued fit — use the Overflow Comb 32 with holder, or the Combfix accessory instead.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUnclip periodically to rinse trapped debris from between the teeth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAqua Medic Overflow Strainer — screens the pipe itself, downstream of the comb.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAqua Medic Overflow Comb 32 Incl. Holder — the glue-on alternative for glass outside the 10–12 mm range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAqua Medic Ocean Clear Fleece Roll Filter — mechanical polishing further downstream.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Aqua Medic's manufacturer warranty against defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat glass thickness does the clip fit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003e10–12 mm. For glass outside that range, Aqua Medic's Combfix accessory or the glue-on Overflow Comb 32 holder are better options.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need glue or tools to fit it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — it clips directly onto the glass and can be repositioned or removed without residue.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow is it different from the Overflow Comb 32?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Comb 40 is longer (about 40 cm vs 32 cm) with wider tooth spacing (about 3.7 cm vs 2.2 cm), and clips onto glass rather than being glued in via a holder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill it stop fish from going over the overflow?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt screens out fish and larger debris while letting water flow through evenly, though very small fry can still pass through the gaps.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Medic","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55285034352931,"sku":"AM41807","price":37.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/aqua-medic-overflow-comb-40-43506872549667.webp?v=1790234536"},{"product_id":"aqua-medic-overflow-comb-50-including-clip","title":"Aqua Medic Overflow Comb 50 Including Clip","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA 50 cm overflow comb that clips straight to the glass, no gluing required.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Aqua Medic Overflow Comb 50 lets water pass through evenly along its full length while catching leaf litter, coral fragments and fish before they reach the drain. This version ships with the mounting clips only — there is no glass retainer in the box, so the comb attaches directly to the glass and lifts straight off for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50 cm comb length\u003c\/strong\u003e — suits standard-width overflow boxes and full-width external overflows.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClips straight to the glass\u003c\/strong\u003e — no retainer to glue in first, nothing permanently fixed to the tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEven flow through the teeth\u003c\/strong\u003e — water passes along the whole comb rather than pooling at one end.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable for cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e — unclips in seconds when debris builds up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 50 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight, clipped to glass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 5.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTooth length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 3.7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum glass thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mm (suits 6-8 mm glass)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer item number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e418.08\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe comb fits glass between 6 mm and 8 mm thick, which covers most overflow boxes up to around the 6-foot mark. Check your overflow's glass thickness before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e50 cm overflow comb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting clips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass retainer (holder) — see the Overflow Comb 50 Incl. Holder \u0026amp; Clip if you want the glue-in retainer option.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater and marine overflow boxes and external overflows with 6-8 mm glass, where you don't want anything glued in place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e overflow glass outside the 6-8 mm range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnclip and rinse under tap water whenever debris builds up against the teeth — weekly is a reasonable starting point in most tanks. No chemical cleaners needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aqua-medic-combfix-6-pcs\"\u003eAqua Medic Combfix (6 pcs)\u003c\/a\u003e — spare clips if one snaps during removal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aqua-medic-overflow-comb-50-incl-holder-clip\"\u003eAqua Medic Overflow Comb 50 Incl. Holder \u0026amp; Clip\u003c\/a\u003e — the same comb with a glass retainer included, if you'd rather not re-clip it each time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Aqua Medic's manufacturer warranty against defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard freight applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhy doesn't this one come with a retainer?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's the clip-only version of the same comb, for anyone who'd rather not glue a retainer inside the overflow. The comb clips directly to the glass instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I add a retainer later?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the retainer sold with the Overflow Comb 50 Incl. Holder \u0026amp; Clip is compatible with this comb; buy that version if you decide you want one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill the clips mark my glass?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAqua Medic doesn't publish a specific answer for this comb. If your glass is coated or tinted, check with us before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Medic","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55285034385699,"sku":"AM41808","price":42.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/aqua-medic-overflow-comb-50-43506872615203.webp?v=1790234536"},{"product_id":"aqua-medic-double-sucker-twin-3-pcs-bag","title":"Aqua Medic Double Sucker Twin (3 pcs\/bag)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThree flexible double suction cups that hold the Aqua Medic Fish Trap wherever you need it.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Aqua Medic Rubber Sucker Twin is a pack of three double-sided suction cups, designed to mount the Aqua Medic Fish Trap to the inside of the aquarium glass rather than leaving it sitting on the substrate. The same cups will also join other smooth-surfaced equipment together where a suction mount is a better fit than a magnet or a clip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurpose-built for the Fish Trap\u003c\/strong\u003e — three cups is Aqua Medic's own recommended quantity for stable mounting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrees up trap placement\u003c\/strong\u003e — mount the trap at the height and position fish are actually using, instead of only at the bottom of the tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible rubber construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — grips smooth glass or acrylic and other smooth-surfaced gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack of three\u003c\/strong\u003e — enough for one Fish Trap installation, or spares for other mounting jobs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePack quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 double suction cups\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-flexibility rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting the Aqua Medic Fish Trap to glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e418.11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAqua Medic doesn't publish a cup diameter or a rated maximum glass thickness for this accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for mounting the Aqua Medic Fish Trap, and for joining other smooth, clean, non-porous surfaces inside the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot suitable for rough, textured or heavily algae-coated glass — suction won't hold reliably on a dirty or uneven surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean both the glass and the cup surface before mounting for the best hold, and check the seal periodically — rubber suction cups lose grip over time and are inexpensive to replace as a set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePairs with the Aqua Medic Fish Trap, which these cups are designed to mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Aqua Medic's manufacturer warranty, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need all three cups for one Fish Trap?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAqua Medic recommends three for stable mounting, which is why the pack is sold as a set of three rather than singly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use these for anything other than the Fish Trap?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — they'll hold any smooth-surfaced equipment together, though the pack is designed and sized around the Fish Trap specifically.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill they work on acrylic tanks?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAqua Medic markets them for glass mounting; acrylic surfaces are generally softer and can scuff under a suction cup's grip, so check an inconspicuous spot first.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Medic","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55285034418467,"sku":"AM41811","price":21.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/aqua-medic-double-sucker-twi-43506870059299.webp?v=1790234533"},{"product_id":"aqua-medic-hopstop-3-pcs-l-480-x-w-50mm-acrylic-strips","title":"Aqua Medic Hopstop (3 pcs L 480 x W 50mm Acrylic Strips)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThree acrylic strips that close the gap fish use to jump out of an open-top aquarium.\u003c\/strong\u003e Aqua Medic Hopstop clips onto the inside rim of an open-top tank, narrowing the surface gap between the water and the top of the glass so nocturnal jumpers can't clear it in the dark.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree acrylic strips\u003c\/strong\u003e — 480 × 50 mm each, covering roughly 1.4 m of rim between them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClip-mounted\u003c\/strong\u003e — six mounting clips included, no drilling, silicone or adhesive.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClear acrylic\u003c\/strong\u003e — sits along the rim without blocking the view into the tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStrip dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e480 × 50 mm, 3 pcs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAcrylic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 clips, included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree strips cover about 1.4 m of rim in total — measure the open sections of your tank's top rim (the parts without a hood, light or brace already covering them) against that total before ordering. Multiple packs can be combined to cover a longer rim.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 acrylic strips, 480 × 50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6 mounting clips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for open-top aquariums with an exposed glass or acrylic rim where fish are jumping out or at risk of it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot a substitute for a full mesh lid or cover on species that are strong, persistent jumpers (many wrasse, some gobies, freshwater hatchetfish) — Hopstop narrows the gap but doesn't fully enclose the top the way a lid does.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes Hopstop stop all fish from jumping?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt narrows the gap between the water surface and the top of the rim, which stops most casual jumpers. Determined or powerful jumpers are still better contained with a full mesh lid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill it block light or airflow to the tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe strips sit along the rim itself rather than across the open water surface, so they don't cover the main gas-exchange area of the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I trim the strips to fit an odd-shaped rim?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer doesn't publish cutting instructions for this product; check with us before cutting acrylic strips, as doing so may affect fit and isn't confirmed as supported.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Medic","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55285034451235,"sku":"AM41812","price":53.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/aqua-medic-hopstop-3-pcs-l-4-43506870321443.webp?v=1790234533"},{"product_id":"aqua-medic-outlet-overflow-strainer","title":"Aqua Medic Outlet\/Overflow Strainer","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSlotted strainers keep detritus out of overflow pipework, in six sizes.\u003c\/strong\u003e This ABS outlet strainer fits over the overflow pipe in a marine or freshwater sump, its slotted body screening out coarse detritus and stray livestock while keeping water moving freely into the drain. It's sold in six pipe-diameter and length combinations covering 20 mm through to 50 mm pipework, so you can match it to the exact plumbing already running from your tank to the sump.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlotted ABS body\u003c\/strong\u003e — screens out coarse detritus and prevents small livestock following water into the overflow, without meaningfully restricting flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSix pipe sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e — 20 mm, 25 mm, 32 mm, 40 mm and 50 mm diameters, with two length options at 20 mm, covering most standard aquarium overflow plumbing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePush-fit onto pipe\u003c\/strong\u003e — fits directly over the end of the overflow pipe, no solvent welding required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Aqua Medic part\u003c\/strong\u003e — matched sizing to Aqua Medic's own overflow and plumbing ranges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePipe diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAqua Medic item no.\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e418.20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e82 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e418.21\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e418.25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e418.32\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e418.40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e418.50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ What you'll still need\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e one strainer in the size you select.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou'll still need:\u003c\/strong\u003e the overflow pipe already installed — this is a push-fit accessory, not a full standpipe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e any sump overflow running 20–50 mm pipe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e overflow pipe outside that range — measure your pipe's outside diameter before ordering, since the 32 mm and 40 mm variants look similar but aren't interchangeable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRinse periodically to clear trapped detritus so flow doesn't back up through the overflow.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAqua Medic Overflow Comb — screens the overflow box itself, upstream of the strainer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAqua Medic Ocean Clear Fleece Roll Filter — mechanical polishing downstream of the sump inlet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Aqua Medic's manufacturer warranty against defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow do I know which size I need?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the outside diameter of your existing overflow pipe. Aqua Medic offers this strainer in 20, 25, 32, 40 and 50 mm to match standard aquarium pipe sizes, with two length options at 20 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it reduce flow?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe slotted design is sized to screen out detritus without materially restricting the flow the pipe itself can carry, though a heavy debris load will need rinsing to keep it clear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill it stop fish or shrimp going over the overflow?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt screens out coarse debris and larger livestock, but very small fry or shrimp can still pass through the slots — it isn't a fry-proof screen.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs it a push fit or does it need glue?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003ePush fit over the end of the pipe. No solvent welding is required.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Medic","offers":[{"title":"20mm \/ L=160mm","offer_id":55285034484003,"sku":"AM41820","price":27.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"20mm \/ L=82mm","offer_id":55335402471715,"sku":"AM41821","price":14.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"25mm \/ L=160mm","offer_id":55335402504483,"sku":"AM41825","price":31.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"32mm \/ L=200mm","offer_id":55335402537251,"sku":"AM41832","price":34.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"40mm \/ L=200mm","offer_id":55335402570019,"sku":"AM41840","price":41.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"50mm \/ L=240mm","offer_id":55335402602787,"sku":"AM41850","price":44.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/aqua-medic-outlet-overflow-s-43506872451363.webp?v=1790234536"},{"product_id":"bioscape-16mm-inlet-outlet-set","title":"Bioscape 16mm Inlet\/Outlet Set","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel pipework that will not yellow, crack or cloud.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bioscape 16mm Inlet\/Outlet Set, part number BIS12, is a black stainless steel intake and return pipe set for canister filters running hose with an internal diameter of around 16 mm. It replaces the moulded black plastic pipework most canisters are supplied with, and comes with clear acrylic mounting brackets. This is an appearance and durability upgrade rather than a performance one — it does not change your filter's flow rate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack stainless steel construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — the plastic intake and return pipes supplied with most canisters go yellow, chalky and brittle after a few years under aquarium light. Stainless steel does not discolour and does not become fragile with age.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSized for 16 mm internal diameter hose\u003c\/strong\u003e — that is the 16 mm figure in a 16\/22 mm hose specification, where 16 mm is the inside diameter and 22 mm the outside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClear acrylic mounting brackets supplied\u003c\/strong\u003e — the brackets hold the pipes against the rim rather than relying on suction cups stuck to the glass, which is the usual failure point on plastic pipework.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFilter-agnostic\u003c\/strong\u003e — it is not keyed to one brand. Any canister running hose of roughly 16 mm inside diameter can use it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVisually recessive in a rimless tank\u003c\/strong\u003e — black steel against a dark background reads as much less obtrusive than a wide grey plastic strainer, which is the usual reason people change it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my filter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis set is chosen by hose size, not by filter brand or model name. What matters is the internal diameter of the hose your canister uses. Measure it, or read it off the filter's specification, before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFilter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHose size (ID\/OD)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits BIS12\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBioscape PRO Easy Clean Canister 1050 L\/h (BIS540)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16\/22 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBioscape PRO Easy Clean Canister 1620 L\/h (BIS541)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16\/22 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBioscape PRO Easy Clean Canister 2000 L\/h (BIS542)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19\/25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo — the hose is too large\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAny other canister filter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMeasure the hose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, where the inside diameter is around 16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe single most common mistake here is assuming that because two filters are from the same range, they take the same pipework. Within the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bioscape-pro-easy-clean-canister-filter-with-heater\"\u003eBioscape PRO Easy Clean canister range\u003c\/a\u003e they do not. The 1050 and 1620 share 16\/22 mm hose and both accept this set. The 2000 L\/h steps up to 19\/25 mm hose and does not.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBIS12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBIS12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBracket material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear acrylic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHose fitment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 16 mm internal diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSet contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInlet pipe, outlet pipe, clear acrylic mounting brackets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFunction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReplacement intake and return pipework for canister filters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEffect on flow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone — this is a cosmetic and durability upgrade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFreight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard parcel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBioscape does not publish pipe lengths, tube diameters or the maximum rim thickness the acrylic brackets will clamp. If your tank has an unusually thick rim or a wide eurobrace, check clearance before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInlet pipe assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutlet pipe assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear acrylic mounting brackets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is pipework only. It is not a filter and not a plumbing kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHose.\u003c\/strong\u003e No tubing is supplied — reuse the hose from your existing filter or buy it separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe canister filter itself.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHose clamps, taps or double-tap connectors.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuction cups.\u003c\/strong\u003e The set mounts on its acrylic brackets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCanister filters running hose of roughly 16 mm inside diameter, freshwater or marine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRimless display tanks where grey plastic pipework is the most visible thing in the aquascape\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacing intake or return pipes that have gone brittle, yellowed or cracked with age\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarine tanks, where stainless steel is a more sensible long-term choice than plastic that goes chalky with salt creep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Bioscape PRO Easy Clean 2000 L\/h canister (BIS542) and any other filter running 19\/25 mm hose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHang-on filters and internal filters, which have no external pipework\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncreasing flow — the pipework does not change what the pump delivers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSumps and drilled overflow systems, which use rigid plumbing rather than hose and pipe sets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean it with a flexible pipe brush.\u003c\/strong\u003e Biofilm builds up inside intake pipework and narrows the bore, and a narrowed intake costs you flow just as surely as a clogged filter sponge does.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDo not use steel wool or abrasive pads.\u003c\/strong\u003e Scratching the finish gives biofilm somewhere to key into and spoils the appearance that is the reason for buying it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck the bracket grip after a water change.\u003c\/strong\u003e Acrylic brackets can creep on a wet rim. A dislodged return pipe spraying onto the floor is the classic overnight discovery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRinse in fresh water after any marine use.\u003c\/strong\u003e Salt creep on a bracket is what makes it slip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwitch the filter off before removing the pipes.\u003c\/strong\u003e A canister left running with its intake out of the water will lose prime and can run dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bioscape-pro-easy-clean-canister-filter-with-heater\"\u003eBioscape PRO Easy Clean Canister Filter with Heater\u003c\/a\u003e — the 1050 and 1620 L\/h models in this range use 16\/22 mm hose and take this set directly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bioscape-replace-canister-seal-ring\"\u003eBioscape Replace Canister Seal Ring\u003c\/a\u003e — worth having on the shelf before you open a canister to change pipework, not after.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bioscape-1620l-h-canister-replacement-top-pro-filter-foam-4\"\u003eBioscape 1620L\/h Canister Pre-Filter Foam 4 Pack\u003c\/a\u003e — if you are pulling the plumbing apart anyway, it is the sensible moment to service the pre-filter as well.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bioscape-stainless-steel-canister-filter-1000lph\"\u003eBioscape Stainless Steel Canister Filter 1000lph\u003c\/a\u003e — for anyone who wants the steel finish carried through to the filter body itself.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBioscape does not publish a warranty term for this accessory. Whatever manufacturer warranty applies sits in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law, which are not limited by any manufacturer's warranty. Where goods are not of acceptable quality you are entitled to a repair, replacement or refund. Ships as a standard parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the Bioscape 16mm Inlet\/Outlet Set made of?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlack stainless steel, with clear acrylic mounting brackets. The steel is the pipework itself; the acrylic is only the bracket that holds it to the tank rim. It is a replacement for the moulded plastic intake and return pipes supplied with most canister filters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill BIS12 fit the Bioscape 2000 L\/h PRO canister?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The 2000 L\/h BIS542 uses 19\/25 mm hose, which is too large for a set sized to 16 mm internal diameter. The 1050 L\/h BIS540 and 1620 L\/h BIS541 both use 16\/22 mm hose and do take this set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes this set fit filters from other brands?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, provided the hose has an internal diameter of around 16 mm. The set is not keyed to Bioscape filters. Check your filter's hose specification — 16\/22 mm is the size to look for, where the first figure is the inside diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill it increase my filter's flow rate?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Intake and return pipework of the same bore moves the same volume of water. The reasons to fit this set are appearance and long-term durability, not performance. If flow has dropped, the cause is usually clogged media, a fouled impeller or a kinked hose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs hose included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The set is inlet pipe, outlet pipe and acrylic brackets only. Most people reuse the hose already on the filter, which is fine as long as it is still supple and not kinked at the bends.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it in a marine tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Stainless steel pipework is used in both freshwater and marine aquariums. Rinse it in fresh water when you service it, since salt creep is what causes acrylic brackets to lose their grip on the rim over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bioscape","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55293049372963,"sku":"BIS12","price":171.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/bioscape-16mm-inlet-outlet-s-43179087659299.webp?v=1790233448"},{"product_id":"fluval-auto-fish-feeder","title":"Fluval Auto Fish Feeder","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrograms up to two feeds a day so your fish eat on schedule even when you're not home.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Fluval Auto Fish Feeder (Fluval PF2) is a battery-powered automatic feeder that mounts on your aquarium cover and dispenses a measured portion of flake, granule, pellet or freeze-dried food at the times you set.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo programmable feeding times\u003c\/strong\u003e — set feed 1 (P1) and feed 2 (P2) on a 24-hour cycle, plus a manual test-feed button (M) to dial in the portion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable portion size\u003c\/strong\u003e — a slider controls how much food drops per feed, so you can match it to your fish load.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e85 mL food chamber\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds several weeks of flake, granules, pellets or freeze-dried food between refills.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery powered\u003c\/strong\u003e — runs on 2 x AA batteries, so feeding continues through a power outage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounts without tools\u003c\/strong\u003e — the supplied secure base sticks to the aquarium cover or the Fluval Flex 123 L's feeding port.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFluval PF2 Programmable Fish Feeder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFood chamber capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFood types\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlake, granules, pellets, freeze-dried food\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x AA batteries (not included; do not use rechargeable batteries)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProgrammable feeds\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 2 per day, 24-hour cycle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConnectivity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone — standalone, no app or Bluetooth\/Wi-Fi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ What you'll still need\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe box includes the feeder unit and a secure mounting base. You'll still need 2 x AA batteries (non-rechargeable) and your usual dry fish food.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for freshwater and marine aquariums fed dry foods — flake, granules, pellets and freeze-dried. Not suitable for frozen or live food, and it isn't an app-controlled or Wi-Fi feeder — if you want remote feeding from your phone, you need Fluval's Smart Feeding range instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep the food chamber dry between refills — damp food can clog the dispensing mechanism. Wipe the housing down rather than submerging it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBattery-operated only — there's no mains connection to manage. Use fresh, non-rechargeable AA batteries as Fluval specifies; rechargeables can affect the feeder's timing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eStock up on flake or pellet food sized for your fish, and a spare set of AA batteries so a flat battery never means a missed feed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFluval's manual states a 2-year limited warranty against manufacturing defects, in addition to the consumer guarantees you have under Australian Consumer Law. Ships from Nick's Aquarium Oceanarium Terrarium, Brisbane \/ North Lakes QLD.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow many times a day can it feed my fish?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to two programmed feeds in a 24-hour cycle, using the P1 and P2 buttons, plus a manual test feed whenever you press M.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it connect to an app?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is a standalone battery-powered feeder with no Wi-Fi, Bluetooth or app control. For app-controlled remote feeding, look at Fluval's Smart Feeding range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat food can I use in it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eFlake, granules, pellets and freeze-dried foods. It's not designed for frozen or live food.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat happens if the batteries run flat?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eFeeding stops until the batteries are replaced, so it's worth keeping a spare set of AA batteries on hand — especially before you travel.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fluval","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55293306568995,"sku":"FVL61","price":174.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/fluval-auto-fish-feeder-43875499508003.webp?v=1790236916"},{"product_id":"zoo-med-magnetic-suction-cups","title":"Zoo Med Magnetic Suction Cups","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNever scrape a failed suction cup off the glass again.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Zoo Med Magnetic Suction Cups (model MS-1) hold aquarium equipment against the inside of the glass with a strong magnetic mount instead of a rubber pad that hardens and loses its grip over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe set includes six assorted nylon clip sizes, so one mount can hold canister filter outlet tubes, filter intake tubes, spray bars, heaters, probes and airline tubing. Suits freshwater and saltwater tanks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnetic mount, not a suction pad\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds firm without the fading grip rubber suction cups suffer after months in the tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6 assorted nylon clip sizes included\u003c\/strong\u003e — sized for filter intake and outlet tubes, spray bars, heaters, probes and airline tubing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReusable\u003c\/strong\u003e — the whole point of a magnetic mount is that you stop replacing failed suction cups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFresh and saltwater safe\u003c\/strong\u003e — the nylon clips and magnet housing don't corrode in either water type.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZM256\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZoo Med MS-1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMount type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClips included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 assorted nylon clip sizes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and saltwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included, and what you'll still need\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIncluded: the magnetic mount plus 6 assorted nylon clips. You won't need anything else for typical use — just clip in the tubing, cable or equipment you want to route neatly against the glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for holding filter tubing, spray bars, heaters, probes and airline tubing against the inside of aquarium glass, in both freshwater and marine tanks. Not the right choice for structural jobs — Zoo Med hasn't published a maximum glass thickness rating for this magnet pair, so test the hold on your own tank before relying on it for anything heavy or safety-critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe both magnet halves clean occasionally — algae or mineral build-up between the magnet and the glass weakens the hold. If the pull feels weak, reposition it rather than forcing it to grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eZoo Med doesn't publish a specific warranty term for this accessory. Your rights under Australian Consumer Law apply regardless of any manufacturer term. Standard shipping applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill the magnet work through thick aquarium glass?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eZoo Med hasn't published a maximum glass thickness for this mount, so we can't give an exact figure. Test the hold on your own tank before relying on it for anything critical, and expect a stronger hold on thinner glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat can I clip to it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe six included nylon clip sizes suit filter intake and outlet tubes, spray bars, aquarium heaters, probes and airline tubing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs it safe for a saltwater tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — the nylon clips and magnet housing are safe in both freshwater and saltwater setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need more than one?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eMost tanks use two or three — one per piece of equipment you want to route neatly against the glass.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ZooMed","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55293328982307,"sku":"ZM256","price":33.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/zoo-med-magnetic-suction-cup-43875825221923.webp?v=1790237147"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/collections\/13485_connection-20cord-20DC-200-10-20V_15731397020.png?v=1788252500","url":"https:\/\/nicksaquariumoceanariumterrarium.com.au\/collections\/sw-accessories.oembed","provider":"Nicks AOT","version":"1.0","type":"link"}